SP Plus Corp (Form: 10-K, Received: 03/01/2016 17:46:09)

Use these links to rapidly review the document

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

____________________________________________________________________________

FORM 10-K




ý		ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015
Or
o		TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to

Commission file number: 000-50796

____________________________________________________________________________

SP PLUS CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)



Delaware (State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)		16-1171179 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

200 E. Randolph Street, Suite 7700

Chicago, Illinois 60601-7702

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

(312) 274-2000

(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.001 PER SHARE

(Title of Each Class)

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

(Name of Each Exchange on which Registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE

____________________________________________________________________________

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No ý

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periods that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):



Large accelerated filer o	Accelerated filer ý	Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No ý

As of June 30, 2015, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $578.5 million. Solely for purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by executive officers and directors of the registrant as of such date have been excluded because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of executive officers and directors as affiliates is not necessarily a conclusive determination for any other purposes.

As of February 29, 2016 , there were 22,328,578 shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding.

____________________________________________________________________________

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 21, 2016, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

SP PLUS CORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS




PART I
	Item 1.	Business	2
	Item 1A.	Risk Factors	11
	Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	18
	Item 2.	Properties	19
	Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	21
	Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	21

PART II
	Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	22
	Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	24
	Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	25
	Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	44
	Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	45
	Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	45
	Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	45
	Item 9B.	Other Information	46

PART III
	Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	46
	Item 11.	Executive Compensation	46
	Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	46
	Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	46
	Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	46

PART IV
	Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	47

Signatures			87
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts			88
Index to Exhibits			89

Table of Contents

The Business section and other parts of this Annual Report on Form 10-K ("Form 10-K") contain forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that involve risks and uncertainties. Many of the forward-looking statements are located in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Forward-looking statements provide current expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. Forward-looking statements can also be identified by words such as "future," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "plans," "predicts," "will," "would," "could," "can," "may," and similar terms. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and the Company's actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K under the heading "Risk Factors," which are incorporated herein by reference. Each of the terms the "Company" and "SP Plus" as used herein refers collectively to SP Plus Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, unless otherwise stated. The Company assumes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements for any reason, except as required by law.

PART I

Item 1. Business

Our Company

We are one of the leading providers of parking management, ground transportation and other ancillary services to commercial, institutional and municipal clients in the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada. Our services include a comprehensive set of on-site parking management and ground transportation services, which include facility maintenance, event logistics services, training, scheduling and supervising all service personnel as well as providing customer service, marketing, and accounting and revenue control functions necessary to facilitate the operation of our clients' facilities or events. We also provide a range of ancillary services such as airport and municipal shuttle operations, valet services, taxi and livery dispatch services and municipal meter revenue collection and enforcement services.

Acquisitions, Investment in Joint Venture and Sale of Business

In October 2012, we completed our acquisition (the "Central Merger") of Central Parking Corporation ("Central") for 6,161,332 shares of our common stock and the assumption of $217.7 million of Central's debt, net of cash acquired. Additionally, Central's former stockholders will be entitled to receive $27.0 million to be paid three years after closing, to the extent the $27.0 million is not used to satisfy seller indemnity obligations pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 28, 2012. Our consolidated results of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 include Central's results of operations for the entire year.

In October 2014, we entered into an agreement to establish a joint venture with Parkmobile USA, Inc. ("Parkmobile USA") and contributed all of the assets and liabilities of our proprietary Click and Park ® parking prepayment business in exchange for a 30 percent interest in the newly formed legal entity called Parkmobile, LLC ("Parkmobile"). Parkmobile is a leading provider of on-demand and prepaid transaction processing for on- and off-street parking and transportation services. The Parkmobile joint venture combines two parking transaction engines, with SP Plus contributing the Click and Park ® parking prepayment systems, which enables consumers to reserve and pay for parking online in advance and Parkmobile USA contributing its on demand transaction engine that allows consumers to transact real-time payment for parking privileges in both on- and off-street environments. We account for our investment in the joint venture with Parkmobile under the equity method of accounting.

In August 2015, we signed an agreement to sell and subsequently sold portions of our security business primarily operating in the Southern California market to a third-party for a gross sales price of $1.8 million, which resulted in a gain on sale of business of $0.5 million, net of legal and other expenses. The pretax profit for the operations of said business was not significant to the periods represented herein.

Our Operations

Our history and resulting experience have allowed us to develop and standardize a rigorous system of processes and controls that enable us to deliver consistent, transparent, value-added and high-quality parking facility management services. We serve a variety of industries and have end-market specific specialization in airports, healthcare facilities, hotels, municipalities and government facilities, commercial real estate, residential communities, retail and colleges and universities.

Table of Contents

We operate our clients' facilities through two primary types of arrangements: management contracts and leases.


•	Under a management contract, we typically receive a base monthly fee for managing the facility, and we may also receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. We also receive fees for ancillary services. Typically, all of the underlying revenue and expenses under a standard management contract flow through to our client rather than to us.


•	Under a lease, we generally pay to the property owner either a fixed annual rent, a percentage of gross customer collections, or a combination of both. Under a lease, we collect all revenue and are responsible for most operating expenses, but typically we are not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes.

As of December 31, 2015 , we operated approximately 82% of our locations under management contracts, and approximately 18% of our locations under leases. We held a partial ownership interest in three parking facilities (two leased and one managed) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 .

Our revenue is derived from a broad and diverse group of clients, industry end-markets and geographies. Our clients include some of North America's largest private and public owners, municipalities, managers and developers of major office buildings, residential properties, commercial properties, shopping centers and other retail properties, sports and special event complexes, hotels, and hospitals and medical centers. No single client accounted for more than 8% of our revenue, net of reimbursed management contract revenue, or more than 3% of our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2015 . Additionally, we have built a diverse geographic footprint that as of December 31, 2015 included operations in 44 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, and municipalities, including New York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Boston, Washington D.C. and Houston, among others, and three Canadian provinces. Our strategy is focused on building scale and leadership positions in large, strategic markets in order to leverage the advantages of scale across a larger number of parking locations in a single market.

While a large share of our operating arrangements are fixed-fee management contracts, we continue to grow our lease and management contract businesses. Generally, management contracts provide us with insulation from economic cycles and enhance our earnings visibility because our management contract revenue does not fluctuate materially in relation to variations in parking volumes; our lease contracts experience variability, as revenues typically increase in periods of improving macroeconomic conditions through increased parking volumes and typically decrease during periods of deteriorating macroeconomic conditions through reduced parking volumes.

We are a leader in the field of introducing automation and technology as part of our parking facility and transportation operations, having been a leader in the use of mobile payment technology, mobile parking apps that show parking options and shuttle bus locations for customers, implementation of remote parking management operations and the use of License Plate Recognition (LPR) system for parking enforcement operations. We continue to utilize and provide the Click and Park ® and Click and Ride ® technology to our customers through our joint venture with Parkmobile, which is a leading provider of on-demand and prepaid transaction processing for on- and off-street parking and transportation services.

Our ability to innovate operations by integrating and incorporating appropriate technologies into our service lines allows us to further strengthen our relationships with clients, improve cost efficiency, enhance customer service and introduce new customer facing services. This continuous commitment to using automation and technology to innovate within operations is demonstrated through our continued use of the Click and Park ® and Click and Ride ® technology, as a customer offering through our joint venture partner Parkmobile, and our development of new online parking programs and electronic shuttle pass systems that support large entertainment and sporting venues, various sized urban garages, office buildings and public transportation hubs. We also innovate through application of our in-house interactive marketing expertise and digital advertising to increase parking demand, development of electronic payment tools to increase customer convenience and streamline revenue processes, use of advanced video and intercom services to enhance customer service to parking patrons 24-hours-a-day, the creation of our remote management services technology and operating center that enables us to remotely monitor facilities and parking operations, the use of our LPR system and video analytics for car counting, on-street enforcement and enhanced security and our proprietary MPM Plus ® monthly parker management and billing system provides comprehensive and reliable billing of the parking-related provisions of multi-year commercial tenant leases.

As of December 31, 2015 , we managed approximately 3,900 parking facility locations containing approximately 2.0 million parking spaces in approximately 346 cities, operated 77 parking-related service centers serving 71 airports, operated a fleet of approximately 800 shuttle buses carrying approximately 40.2 million passengers per year, operated 390 valet locations and employed a professional staff of approximately 22,000 people.

Services

As a professional parking management company, we provide a comprehensive, turn-key package of parking services to our clients. Under a typical management contract structure, we are responsible for providing and supervising all personnel necessary to facilitate daily parking operations including cashiers, porters, valet attendants, managers, bookkeepers, and a variety of maintenance, marketing, customer service, and accounting and revenue control functions.

Table of Contents

Ancillary Services

Beyond the conventional parking facility management services described above, we also offer an expanded range of ancillary services. For example:


•	We provide shuttle bus vehicles and the drivers to operate, for example; through on-airport car rental operations as well as private off-airport parking locations.


•	We provide ground transportation services, such as taxi and livery dispatch services, as well as concierge-type ground transportation information and support services for arriving passengers


•	We provide on-street parking meter collection and other forms of parking enforcement services.


•	We provide remote parking management services using technology that enables us to monitor a parking operation from a remote, off-site location and provide 24-hour-a-day customer assistance (including remedying equipment malfunctions).

Industry Overview

Overview

The parking industry is large and fragmented and includes companies that provide temporary parking spaces for vehicles on an hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly basis along with providing various ancillary services. A substantial number of companies in the industry offer parking services as a non-core operation in connection with property management or ownership, and the vast majority of companies in the industry are small, private and operate a limited number of parking facilities. Accordingly, the industry remains highly fragmented and dynamic. From time to time, smaller operators find they lack the financial resources, economies of scale and/or management techniques required to compete for the business of increasingly sophisticated clients or family owners face difficult generational transfers. We expect this trend to continue and will provide larger parking management companies with opportunities to expand their businesses and acquire smaller operators. We also expect that small new operators will continue to enter the business as they have for the past several decades.

Industry Operating Arrangements

Parking facilities operate under three general types of arrangements:


•	management contract;


•	lease; and


•	ownership.

The general terms and benefits of these three types of arrangements are as follows:

Management Contract

Under a management contract, the facility operator generally receives a base monthly fee for managing the facility and may receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. Facility operators also generally charge fees for various ancillary services such as accounting support services, equipment leasing and consulting. Primary responsibilities under a management contract include hiring, training and staffing parking personnel, and providing revenue collection, accounting, record-keeping, insurance and facility marketing services. The facility owner usually is responsible for operating expenses associated with the facility's operation, such as taxes, license and permit fees, insurance costs, payroll and accounts receivable processing and wages of personnel assigned to the facility, although some management contracts, typically referred to as "reverse" management contracts, require the facility operator to pay certain of these cost categories but provide for payment to the operator of a larger management fee. Under a management contract, the facility owner usually is responsible for non-routine maintenance and repairs and capital improvements, such as structural and significant mechanical repairs. Management contracts are typically for a term of one to three years (although the contracts may often be terminated, without cause, on 30-days' notice or less) and may contain renewal clauses.

Lease

Under a lease, the parking facility operator generally pays to the property owner either a fixed base rent, percentage rent that is tied to the facility's financial performance, or a combination of both. The parking facility operator collects all revenue and is responsible for most operating expenses, but typically is not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes. In contrast to management contracts, leases typically are for terms of three to ten years, often contain a renewal term, and provide for a fixed payment to the facility owner regardless of the facility's operating earnings. However, many of these leases may be canceled by the client for various reasons, including development of the real estate for other uses and other leases may be canceled by the client on as little as 30 days' notice without cause. Leased facilities generally require larger capital investment by the parking facility operator than do managed facilities and therefore tend to have longer contract periods.

Table of Contents

Ownership

Ownership of parking facilities, either independently or through joint ventures entails greater potential risks and rewards than either managed or leased facilities. All owned facility revenue flows directly to the owner, and the owner has the potential to realize benefits of appreciation in the value of the underlying real estate. Ownership of parking facilities usually requires large capital investments, and the owner is responsible for all obligations related to the property, including all structural, mechanical and electrical maintenance and repairs and property taxes.

Industry Growth Dynamics

A number of industry trends should facilitate growth for larger outsourced commercial parking facility management providers, including the following:

Opportunities From Large Property Managers, Owners and Developers. As a result of past industry consolidation, there is a significant number of national property managers, owners and developers that own or manage multiple locations. Sophisticated property owners consider parking a profit center that experienced parking facility management companies can maximize. This dynamic favors larger parking facility operators that can provide specialized, value-added professional services with nationwide coverage.

Outsourcing of Parking Management and Related Services. Growth in the parking management industry has resulted from a trend by parking facility owners to outsource the management of their parking and related operations to independent operators. We believe that entities such as large property managers, owners and developers, as well as cities, municipal authorities, hospitals and universities, in an effort to focus on their core competencies, reduce operating budgets and increase efficiency and profitability, will continue and perhaps increase the practice of retaining parking management companies to operate facilities and provide related services, including shuttle bus operations, municipal meter collection and valet parking.

Vendor Consolidation. Based on interactions with our clients, we believe that many parking facility owners and managers are evaluating the benefits of reducing the number of parking facility management relationships they maintain. We believe this is a function of the desire to reduce costs associated with interacting with a large number of third-party suppliers coupled with the desire to foster closer inter-company relationships. By limiting the number of outsourcing vendors, companies will benefit from suppliers who will invest the time and effort to understand every facet of the client's business and industry and who can effectively manage and handle all aspects of their daily requirements. We believe a trend towards vendor consolidation can benefit a company like ours, given our national footprint and scale, extensive experience, broad process capabilities and a demonstrated ability to create value for our clients.

Industry Consolidation. The parking management industry is highly fragmented, with hundreds of small regional or local operators. We believe national parking facility operators have a competitive advantage over local and regional operators by reason of their:


•	broad product and service offerings;


•	deeper and more experienced management;


•	efficient cost structure due to economies of scale; and


•	financial resources to invest in infrastructure and information systems.

General Business Trends

We believe that sophisticated commercial real estate developers and property managers and owners recognize the potential for parking and related services to be a profit generator rather than a cost center. Often, the parking experience makes both the first and the last impressions on their properties' tenants and visitors. By outsourcing these services, they are able to capture additional profit by leveraging the unique operational skills and controls that an experienced parking management company can offer. Our ability to consistently deliver a uniformly high level of parking and related services and maximize the profit to our clients improves our ability to win contracts and retain existing locations.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following key competitive strengths:

A Leading Market Position with a Unique Value Proposition. We are one of the leading providers of parking management, ground transportation and other ancillary services, to commercial, institutional, and municipal clients in the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada. We market and offer many of our services under our SP+ brand, which reflects our ability to provide customized solutions and meet the varied demands of our diverse client base and their wide array of property types. We can augment our parking services by providing our clients with related services through our SP+ Facility Maintenance , SP+ Transportation , SP+ Event Logistics and, in certain sections of the country and Canada, SP+ Security service lines, thus enabling our clients to efficiently address various needs through a single vendor relationship. We believe our ability to offer a comprehensive range of services on a national basis is a significant competitive advantage and allows our clients to attract, service and retain customers, gain access to the breadth and depth of our service and process expertise, leverage our significant technology capabilities and enhance their parking facility revenue, profitability and cash flow.

Table of Contents

Our Scale and Diversification. Expanding our client base, industry end-markets and geographic locations has enabled us to significantly enhance our operating efficiency over the past several years by standardizing processes and managing overhead.


•	Client Base. Our clients include some of the nation's largest private and public owners, municipalities, managers and developers of major office buildings, residential properties, commercial properties, shopping centers and other retail properties, sports and special event complexes, hotels, and hospitals and medical centers.

•

Industry End-Markets. We believe that our industry end-market diversification, such as colleges and universities, hospitals and medical centers, municipalities and event services, allows us to minimize our exposure to industry-specific seasonality and volatility. We believe that the breadth of end-markets we serve and the depth of services we offer to those end-markets provide us with a broader base of customers that we can target.


•	Geographic Locations. We have a diverse geographic footprint that includes operations in 44 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and three Canadian provinces as of December 31, 2015 .

Stable Client Relationships. We have a track record of providing our clients and parking customers with a consistent, value-added and high quality parking facility management experience, as reflected by our high location retention rates. Managers, property owners and developers continue to outsource the management of their parking operations and look to consolidate the number of their outsourcing providers, we believe this trend has meaningful benefits to companies like ours, which has a national footprint and scale, extensive industry experience, broad process capabilities, and a demonstrated ability to create value for our clients.

Established Platform for Future Growth. We have invested resources and developed a national infrastructure and technology platform that is complemented by significant management expertise, which enables us to scale our business for future growth effectively and efficiently. We have the ability to transition into a new location very quickly, from the simplest to the most complex operation, and have experience working with incumbent facility managers to affect smooth and efficient takeovers and integrate new locations seamlessly into our operations.

Visible and Predictable Business Model. We believe that our business model provides us with a measure of insulation from broader economic cycles, because a significant portion of our combined locations operates on fixed-fee and reverse management fee management contracts that for the most part are not dependent upon the level of utilization of those parking facilities. Additionally, because we only have a partial ownership interest in four parking facilities, we have limited the risks of real estate ownership. We benefit further from visibility provided by a recurring revenue model reinforced by high location retention rates.

Highly Capital Efficient Business with Attractive Cash Flow Characteristics. Our business generates attractive cash flow due to negative working capital dynamics and our low capital expenditure requirements.

Focus on Operational Excellence and Human Capital Management. Our culture and training programs place a continuing focus on excellence in the execution of all aspects of day-to-day parking facility operation. This focus is reflected in our ability to deliver to our clients a professional, high-quality product through well-trained, service-oriented personnel, which we believe differentiates us from our competitors. To support our focus on operational excellence, we manage our human capital through a comprehensive, structured program that evaluates the competencies and performance of all of our key operations and administrative support personnel on an annual basis. We have also dedicated significant resources to human capital management, providing comprehensive training for our employees, delivered primarily through the use of our web-based SP+ University ™ learning management system, which promotes customer service and client retention in addition to providing our employees with continued training and career development opportunities.

Our focus on customer service and satisfaction is a key driver of our high location retention rate, which, after excluding the impact of certain facilities that were sold as part of the security business in 2015, was approximately 88% and 90% for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

Focus on Operational Safety Initiatives. Our culture and training programs continue to place a focus on various safety initiatives throughout the organization, as we continue to develop an integrated approach for continuous improvement in our risk and safety programs. We have also dedicated significant resources to our risk and safety programs by providing comprehensive training for our employees, delivered primarily through the use of our web-based SP+ University ™ learning management system and our SP+ irit in Safety newsletters.

Our Growth Strategy

Building on these competitive strengths, we believe we are well positioned to execute on the following growth strategies:

Grow Our Portfolio of Contracts in Existing Geographic Markets. Our strategy is to capitalize on economies of scale and operating efficiencies by expanding our contract portfolio in our existing geographic markets, especially in our core markets. As a given geographic market achieves a threshold operational size, we typically will establish a local office in order to promote increased operating efficiency by enabling local managers to use a common staff for recruiting, training and human resources support. This concentration of operating locations allows for increased operating efficiency and superior levels of customer service and retention through the accessibility of local managers and support resources.

Increase Penetration in Our Current Vertical End-Markets. We believe that a significant opportunity exists for us to further expand our presence into certain industry end-markets, such as colleges and universities, hospitals and medical centers as well as

Table of Contents

municipalities. In order to effectively target these new markets, we have implemented a go-to-market strategy of aligning our business by vertical end-markets and branding our domain expertise through our SP+ operating division designations to highlight the specialized expertise, competencies and services that we provide to meet the needs of each particular industry and customer. Our developed SP+ brand, which emphasizes our specialized market expertise and distinguishes our ancillary service lines from the traditional parking, includes a broad array of our operating divisions such as, SP+ Airport Services , SP+ GAMEDAY , SP+ Healthcare Services , SP+ Hotel Services , SP+ Municipal Services , SP+ Office Services , SP+ Residential Services , SP+ Retail Services and SP+ University Services , which further highlight the market-specific subject matter expertise that enables our professionals to meet the varied parking and transportation-related demands of those specific property types. Because our capabilities range beyond parking facility management, our SP+ Transportation , SP+ Facility Maintenance , and SP+ Event Logistics brands more clearly distinguish those service lines from the traditional parking services that we provide under our SP + Parking , Standard Parking, Central Parking and USA Parking brands.

Expand and Cross-Sell Additional Services to Drive Incremental Revenue. We believe we have significant opportunities to further strengthen our relationships with existing clients, and to attract new clients, by continuing to cross-sell value-added services that complement our core parking operations. These services include shuttle bus operations, taxi and livery dispatch services, valet services, concierge-type ground transportation, on-street parking meter collection and enforcement, facility maintenance services, remote management, parking consulting and billing services.

Expand Our Geographic Platform. We believe that opportunities exist to further develop new geographic markets either through new contract wins, acquisitions, alliances, joint ventures or partnerships. Clients who outsource the management of their parking operations often have a presence in a variety of urban markets and seek to outsource the management of their parking facilities to a national provider. We continue to focus on leveraging relationships with existing clients that have locations in multiple markets as one potential entry point into developing new core markets.

Focus on Operational Efficiencies to Further Improve Profitability. We have invested substantial resources in information technology and continually seek to consolidate various corporate functions where possible in order to improve our processes and service offerings. In addition, we will continue to evaluate and improve our human capital management to ensure a consistent and high-level of service for our clients. The initiatives undertaken to date in these areas have improved our cost structure and enhanced our financial strength, which we believe will continue to yield future benefits. SP+ Remote Management Services allows us to provide remote parking management services, whereby personnel are able to monitor revenue and other aspects of a parking operation and provide 24-hour-a-day customer assistance (including remedying equipment malfunctions). After consolidating remote operations, we have begun expanding the locations where our remote management technology is installed. As of December 31, 2015 , we provided SP+ Remote Management Services to approximately 233 locations. We expect this business to grow as clients focus on improving the profitability of their parking operations by decreasing labor costs at their locations through remote management.

Pursue Opportunistic, Strategic Acquisitions. The outsourced parking management industry remains highly fragmented and presents a significant opportunity for us. Given the scale in our existing operating platform, we have a demonstrated ability to successfully identify, acquire and integrate strategic acquisitions and investments, such as Central in 2012 and our minority interest investment in Parkmobile in 2014. We will continue to selectively pursue acquisitions or joint venture investment opportunities that help us acquire scale or further enhance our service capabilities.

Grow the Hospitality Business. USA Parking is a leader in the valet industry, and management continues to believe there is significant opportunity to use USA Parking's capability to develop a national valet business. Our objective is to focus on the most important aspects of the valet business promptly upon obtaining a new location, from the first contact with a potential customer to the execution of our services. Given the importance of neat, clean and polite service, the success of our valet business is dependent upon ensuring that its valet associates deliver excellent service every day. To accomplish this objective, our USA University subsidiary provides training to its valet associates. USA University, which began operating in 1995, has trained approximately 2,000 employees during our past fiscal year to become an integrated extension of our clients' staff and blend seamlessly into the overall hospitality experience.

Business Development

Our efforts to attract new clients are primarily concentrated in and coordinated by a dedicated business development group, whose background and expertise is in the field of sales and marketing, and whose financial compensation is determined to a significant extent by their business development success. This business development group is responsible for forecasting sales, maintaining a pipeline of prospective and existing clients, initiating contacts with such clients, and then following through to coordinate meetings involving those clients and the appropriate members of our operations hierarchy. By concentrating our sales efforts through this dedicated group, we enable our operations personnel to focus on achieving excellence in our parking facility operations and maximizing our clients' parking profits and our own profitability.

We also place a specific focus on marketing and client relationship efforts that pertain to those clients having a large regional or national presence. Accordingly, we assign a dedicated executive to those clients to address any existing portfolio issues, as well as to reinforce existing and develop new account relationships and to take any other action that may further our business development interests.

Table of Contents

Support Operations

We maintain regional and city offices throughout the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada in order to support approximately 22,000 employees and 3,900 locations. These offices serve as the central bases through which we provide the employees to staff our parking facilities as well as the on-site and support management staff to oversee those operations. Our administrative staff accountants are based in those same offices and facilitate the efficient, accurate and timely production and delivery to our clients of our monthly reports. Having these all-inclusive operations and accounting teams located in regional and city offices throughout the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada allows us to add new locations quickly and in a cost-efficient manner.

Our overall basic corporate functions in the areas of finance, human resources, risk management, legal, purchasing and procurement, general administration, strategy and information and technology are based in our Chicago corporate office and Nashville support office.

Clients and Properties

Our client base includes a diverse cross-section of public and private owners of commercial, institutional and municipal real estate.

Employees

As of December 31, 2015 , we employed 21,974 individuals, including 13,187 full-time and 8,787 part-time employees and as of December 31, 2014 , we employed 24,030 individuals, including 14,057 full-time and 9,973 part-time employees. Approximately 34% of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements and represented by labor unions. Various union locals represent parking attendants and cashiers in the following cities: Atlanta, Akron (OH), Baltimore, Boston, Buffalo, Chicago, Cleveland, Dallas, Denver, Detroit, Jersey City, Kansas City, Long Beach (CA), Los Angeles, Manchester (NH), Miami, New York City, Newark, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, Portland, Rochester, San Francisco, San Jose, San Juan (Puerto Rico), Santa Monica, Seattle, Syracuse and Washington, DC.

We are frequently engaged in collective bargaining negotiations with various union locals. No single collective bargaining agreement covers a material number of our employees. We believe that our employee relations are generally good.

Insurance

We purchase comprehensive liability insurance covering certain claims that occur in the operations that we lease or manage. The primary amount of such coverage is $1.8 million per occurrence and $1.8 million in the aggregate per facility for our general/garage liability, $2.0 million per occurrence and $2.0 million in the aggregate per facility for our garage keepers legal liability coverage and $2.0 million per occurrence for auto liability coverage. In addition, we purchase workers' compensation insurance for all eligible employees and umbrella/excess liability coverage. Under our various liability and workers' compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to pay directly or reimburse the insurance carrier for the first $0.5 million of each loss covered by our general/garage liability or automobile liability policies and $0.3 million for each loss covered by our workers' compensation and garage keepers legal liability policies. As a result, we are effectively self-insured for all claims up to those levels. We also purchase property insurance that provides coverage for loss or damage to our property and in some cases our clients' property, as well as business interruption coverage for lost operating income and certain associated expenses. Because of the size of the operations covered and our claims experience, we purchase insurance policies at prices that we believe represent a discount to the prices that would typically be charged to parking facility owners on a stand-alone basis. The clients for whom we operate parking facilities pursuant to management contracts have the option of purchasing their own liability insurance policies (provided that we are named as an additional insured party), but historically most of our clients have chosen to obtain insurance coverage by being named as additional insureds under our master liability insurance policies. Pursuant to our management contracts, we charge those clients an allocated portion of our insurance-related costs.

We provide group health insurance with respect to eligible full-time employees (whether they work at leased facilities, managed facilities or in our support offices). For the year ended December 31, 2015 , we self-insured the cost of the medical claims for these participants up to a stop-loss limit of $0.3 million million per individual. Pursuant to our management contracts, we charge those clients an allocated portion of our insurance-related costs.

Competition

The parking industry is fragmented and highly competitive, with limited barriers to entry. We face direct competition for additional facilities to manage or lease, while our facilities themselves compete with nearby facilities for our parking customers and in the labor market generally for qualified employees. Moreover, the construction of new parking facilities near our existing facilities can adversely affect our business. There are only a few national parking management companies that compete with us. However, we also face competition from numerous smaller, locally owned independent parking operators, as well as from developers, hotels, national financial services companies and other institutions that manage their own parking facilities as well as facilities owned by others. Many municipalities and other governmental entities also operate their own parking facilities, potentially eliminating those facilities as management or lease opportunities for us. Some of our present and potential competitors have or may obtain greater financial and marketing resources than we have, which may negatively impact our ability to retain existing contracts and gain new contracts. We also face significant competition in our efforts to provide ancillary services such as shuttle bus services and on-street parking enforcement because a number of large companies specialize in these services. In addition, entry barriers into these ancillary service businesses are low.

Table of Contents

We believe that we compete for management clients based on a variety of factors, including fees charged for services, ability to generate revenues and control expenses for clients, accurate and timely reporting of operational results, quality of customer service, and ability to anticipate and respond to industry changes. Factors that affect our ability to compete for leased locations include the ability to make financial commitments, long-term financial stability, and the ability to generate revenues and control expenses. Factors affecting our ability to compete for employees include wages, benefits and working conditions.

Regulation

Our business is subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations, and in some cases, municipal and state authorities directly regulate parking facilities. Our facilities in New York City are, for example, subject to extensive governmental restrictions concerning automobile capacity, pricing, structural integrity and certain prohibited practices. Many cities impose a tax or surcharge on parking services, which generally range from 10% to 50% of revenues collected. We collect and remit sales/parking taxes and file tax returns for and on behalf of our clients and ourselves. We are affected by laws and regulations that may impose a direct assessment on us for failure to remit sales/parking taxes or to file tax returns for ourselves and on behalf of our clients.

Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. Such laws typically impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. In connection with the operation of parking facilities, we may be potentially liable for any such costs.

Several state and local laws have been passed in recent years that encourage car-pooling and the use of mass transit or impose certain restrictions on automobile usage. These types of laws have adversely affected our revenues and could continue to do so in the future. For example, the City of New York imposed restrictions in the wake of the September 11 terrorist attacks, which included street closures, traffic flow restrictions and a requirement for passenger cars entering certain bridges and tunnels to have more than one occupant during the morning rush hour. It is possible that cities could enact additional measures such as higher tolls, increased taxes and vehicle occupancy requirements in certain circumstances, which could adversely impact us. We are also affected by zoning and use restrictions and other laws and regulations that are common to any business that deals with real estate.

In addition, we are subject to laws generally applicable to businesses, including but not limited to federal, state and local regulations relating to wage and hour matters, employee classification, mandatory healthcare benefits, unlawful workplace discrimination, human rights laws and whistle blowing. Several cities in which we have operations either have adopted or are considering the adoption of so-called "living wage" ordinances, which could adversely impact our profitability by requiring companies that contract with local governmental authorities and other employers to increase wages to levels substantially above the federal minimum wage. In addition, we are subject to provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended ("OSHA"), and related regulations. Any actual or alleged failure to comply with any regulation applicable to our business or any whistle-blowing claim, even if without merit, could result in costly litigation, regulatory action or otherwise harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In connection with certain transportation services provided to our clients, including shuttle bus operations, we provide the vehicles and the drivers to operate these transportation services. The U.S. Department of Transportation and various state agencies exercise broad powers over these transportation services, including, licensing and authorizations, safety and insurance requirements. Our employee drivers must also comply with the safety and fitness regulations promulgated by the Department of Transportation, including those related to drug and alcohol testing and service hours. We may become subject to new and more restrictive federal and state regulations. Compliance with such regulations could hamper our ability to provide qualified drivers and increase our operating costs.

We are also subject to consumer credit laws and credit card industry rules and regulations relating to the processing of credit card transactions, including the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act and the Payment Card Data Security Standard. These laws and these industry standards impose substantial financial penalties for non-compliance.

Various other governmental regulations affect our operation of parking facilities, both directly and indirectly, including the Americans with Disabilities Act (the "ADA"). Under the ADA, all public accommodations, including parking facilities, are required to meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. For example, the ADA requires parking facilities to include handicapped spaces, headroom for wheelchair vans, attendants' booths that accommodate wheelchairs and elevators that are operable by disabled persons. When negotiating management contracts and leases with clients, we generally require that the property owner contractually assume responsibility for any ADA liability in connection with the property. There can be no assurance, however, that the property owner has assumed such liability for any given property and there can be no assurance that we would not be held liable despite assumption of responsibility for such liability by the property owner. Management believes that the parking facilities we operate are in substantial compliance with ADA requirements.

Regulations by the Federal Aviation Administration may affect our business. The FAA generally prohibits parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during times of heightened alert. The 300 foot rule and new regulations may prevent us from using a number of existing spaces during heightened security alerts at airports. Reductions in the number of parking spaces may reduce our gross profit and cash flow for both our leased facilities and those facilities we operate under management contracts.

Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

SP Plus® and the SP+® and the SP+ logo, SP+ GAMEDAY®, Innovation In Operation®, Standard Parking® and the Standard Parking logo, CPC®, Central Parking System®, Central Parking Corporation®, USA Parking®, Focus Point Parking® and Allright Parking® are service marks registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. In addition, we have registered the names and, as applicable, the logos of all of our material subsidiaries and divisions as service marks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the equivalent state registry. We invented the Multi-Level Vehicle Parking Facility musical Theme Floor Reminder System. We have also registered the copyright rights in our proprietary software, such as Client View ©, Hand Held Program ©, License Plate Inventory Programs © and ParkStat © with the United States Copyright Office. We also own the URL parking.com.

Corporate Information

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are also available free charge at www.spplus.com as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). We provide references to our website for convenience, but our website does not constitute, and should not be viewed as, part hereof, and our website is not incorporated into this or any of our other filings with the SEC.

Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The following discussion of risk factors contains forward-looking statements. These risk factors may be important to understanding any statement in this Form 10-K or elsewhere. The following information should be read in conjunction with Part II, Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes in Part II, Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10-K.

The business, financial condition and operating results of the Company can be affected by a number of factors, whether currently known or unknown, including but not limited to those described below. Any one or more of such factors could directly or indirectly cause the Company's actual results of operations and financial condition to vary materially from past or anticipated future results of operations and financial condition. Any of these factors, in whole or in part, could materially and adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price.

Because of the following factors, as well as other factors affecting the Company's financial condition and operating results, past financial performance should not be considered to be a reliable indicator of future performance, and investors should not use historical trends to anticipate results or trends in future periods.

Adverse litigation judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved in the normal course of business, and a dispute with Central's former stockholders, could affect our operations and financial condition.

In the normal course of business, we are from time to time involved in various legal proceedings. The outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted. It is possible that an unfavorable outcome of some or all of the matters could cause us to incur substantial liabilities that may have a material adverse effect upon our financial condition and results of operations. Any significant adverse litigation, judgments or settlements could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we are subject to a number of ongoing legal proceedings, and we may incur substantial expenses defending such matters and may have judgments levied against us that are substantial and may not be covered by previously established reserves.

On October 2, 2012 ("Closing Date"), we completed the acquisition (the "Central Merger" or "Merger") of 100% of the outstanding common shares of KCPC Holdings, Inc., which was the ultimate parent of Central Parking Corporation (collectively, "Central"), for 6,161,332 shares of Company common stock and the assumption of approximately $217.7 million of Central's debt, net of cash acquired. Additionally, the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 28, 2012 with respect to the Central Merger ("Merger Agreement") provides that Central's former stockholders are entitled to receive cash consideration (the "Cash Consideration") in the amount equal to $27.0 million plus, if and to the extent the Net Debt Working Capital (as defined below) was less than $275.0 million (the "Lower Threshold") as of September 30, 2012, the amount by which the Net Debt Working Capital was below such amount (such sum, the "Cash Consideration Amount") to be paid three years after closing, to the extent the $27.0 million is not used to satisfy indemnity obligations pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, we are entitled to indemnification from Central's former stockholders (i) if and to the extent Central's combined net debt and the absolute value of Central's working capital (as determined in accordance with the Merger Agreement) (the "Net Debt Working Capital") exceeded $285.0 million (the "Upper Threshold") as of September 30, 2012 and (ii) for certain defined adverse consequences as set forth in the Merger Agreement (including with respect to Structural and Repair Costs). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Central's former stockholders are required to satisfy certain indemnity obligations, which are capped at the Cash Consideration Amount (the "Capped Items") only through a reduction of the Cash Consideration. For certain other indemnity obligations set forth in the Merger Agreement, which are not capped at the Cash Consideration Amount (the "Uncapped Items"), including the Net Debt Working Capital indemnity obligations described above, Central's former stockholders may satisfy any amount payable pursuant to such indemnity obligations as set forth in the Merger Agreement.

Since the Closing Date, we have periodically given Central’s former stockholders notice regarding indemnification matters, including with respect to the calculation of Net Debt Working Capital, and have made adjustments for known matters as they arose, although Central’s former stockholders have not agreed to the aggregate of such adjustments made by us. During such time, Central’s former stockholders have continually requested additional documentation supporting our indemnification claims, including with respect to the calculation of Net Debt Working Capital. Furthermore, following our notices of indemnification matters, the representative of Central's former stockholders has indicated that they may make additional inquiries and raise issues with respect to our indemnification claims (including, specifically, as to Structural and Repair Costs) and that they may assert various claims of their own relating to the Merger Agreement.

We previously determined and submitted notification to Central’s former stockholders, that (i) the Net Debt Working Capital was $296.3 million as of September 30, 2012 and that, accordingly, the Net Debt Working Capital exceeded the Upper Threshold by $11.3 million; and (ii) we had indemnity claims of $23.4 million for certain defined adverse consequences (including indemnity claims with respect to Structural and Repair Costs incurred through December 31, 2015) and as set forth in an October 1, 2015 notification letter to Central's former stockholders' that certain indemnification claims for Structural and Repair Costs yet to be incurred met the requirements of the indemnification provisions established in the Merger Agreement. These additional indemnification claims for Structural and Repair Costs are estimated to be $1.2 million (representing 80% of the $1.5 million of Structural and Repair Costs yet to be incurred by us).

Table of Contents

In early 2015, we and Central’s former stockholders engaged an independent public accounting firm for ultimate resolution, through binding arbitration, regarding its dispute as to the calculation of Net Debt Working Capital. On April 30, 2015 and with respect to our Net Debt Working Capital calculation, the representative of Central's former stockholders submitted specific objections to the calculation, asserting that the Net Debt Working Capital as of September 30, 2012 was $270.8 million ($4.2 million below the Lower Threshold) and on September 21, 2015 submitted a revised calculation, asserting that the Net Debt Working Capital as of September 30, 2012 was $278.0 million ($3.0 million above the Lower Threshold) and therefore no amounts were due to us given the calculated net Debt Working Capital was between the Lower Threshold and the Upper Threshold. On October 1, 2015, we provided notification to Central's former stockholders that the aggregate amount of our (i) Net Debt Working Capital claim of $11.3 million as of September 30, 2012 and (ii) indemnity claims for certain defined adverse consequences as set forth in the Merger Agreement (including with respect to Structural and Repair Costs), exceeded the $27.0 million Cash Consideration and therefore we would not be making any Cash Consideration payment pursuant to Section 3.7 of the Merger Agreement. On October 20, 2015, Central's former stockholders provided notification that they deemed our refusal to pay the $27.0 million Cash Consideration to be a violation of the terms of the Merger Agreement.

On February 19, 2016, we received a non-appealable and binding decision from the independent public accounting firm indicating that Net Debt Working Capital as of September 30, 2012 was $291.6 million, or $6.6 million above the Upper Threshold. Furthermore, as part of the independent public accounting firm’s decision over the calculation of Net Debt Working Capital as of September 30, 2012, it was determined by the independent public accounting firm and us that $1.5 million of Net Debt Working Capital claims were more appropriately claimable as an adverse consequence indemnification claim, as defined in the Merger Agreement. As such and in conjunction with the independent public accounting firm’s decision on Net Debt Working Capital, we (i) reclassified $1.5 million of indemnification claims from the Net Debt Working Capital calculation to indemnification claims for certain adverse consequences; and (ii) recognized an expense of $1.6 million ($0.9 million, net of tax) in General and administrative expenses for certain of the other amounts disallowed under the Net Debt Working Capital calculation as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively. The independent public accounting firm also determined that an additional $1.6 million of Net Debt Working Capital claims were disallowed; however, these Net Debt Working Capital amounts claimed by us were not previously recognized as a cost recovery given their contingent nature and since these claims were not previously recognized as an expense by us, the independent public accounting firm’s decision to disallow these claims had no impact to our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015.

We have evaluated the nature of the costs and related indemnity claims and have concluded that it is probable that such indemnified claims will sustain any challenge from Central’s former stockholders and recoverability of these indemnified claims is reasonably assured. However, under the Merger Agreement, all post-closing claims and disputes, including as to indemnification matters, are ultimately subject to resolution through binding arbitration or, in the case of a dispute as to the calculation of Net Debt Working Capital, resolution by an independent public accounting firm. Should a dispute resolution process for indemnification matters result in determinations unfavorable to us, the resulting resolution may have a material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to intense competition and potential changes to consumer behavior, both of which could constrain our ability to gain business, as well as our profitability.

We believe that competition is intense in the parking facility management, valet, transportation services and event management businesses, including other ancillary services that we offer. The low cost of entry into the parking facility management, valet, transportation services and event management businesses have led to a strongly competitive, fragmented markets consisting of various sized entities, ranging from small local or single lot operators to large regional and national businesses and multi-facility operators, as well as governmental entities that choose not to outsource their parking operations. Competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to changes in customer requirements, devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their services or develop technology that is as or more successful than our proprietary technology. We provide nearly all of our services under contracts, many of which are obtained through competitive bidding, and many of our competitors also have long-standing relationships with our clients. Providers of parking facility management services have traditionally competed on the basis of cost and quality of service. As we have worked to establish ourselves as principal members of the industry, we compete predominately on the basis of high levels of service and strong relationships. We may not be able to, or may choose not to, compete with certain competitors on the basis of price. As a result, a greater proportion of our clients may switch to other service providers or self-manage. Furthermore, these strong competitive pressures could impede our success in bidding for profitable business and our ability to increase prices even as costs rise, thereby reducing margins.

While we devote considerable effort and resources to analyze and respond to consumer preferences and changes to consumer preferences and the markets in which we operate, consumer preferences cannot be predicted with certainty and can change rapidly. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to trends in the consumer market place and the industry, including but not limited to market displacement by livery service companies and ride sharing companies, it could constrain our business and have a material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Table of Contents

Our management contracts and leases expose us to certain risks.

The loss or renewal on less favorable terms of a substantial number of management contracts or leases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. A material reduction in the operating income associated with the integrated services we provide under management contracts and leases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our management contracts are typically for a term of one to three years, although the contracts may often be terminated, without cause, on 30 days' notice or less, giving clients regular opportunities to attempt to negotiate a reduction in fees or other allocated costs. Any loss of a significant number of clients could in the aggregate materially adversely affect our operating results.

We are particularly exposed to increases in costs for locations that we operate under leases because we are generally responsible for all the operating expenses of our leased locations. During the first and fourth quarters of each year, seasonality impacts our performance with regard to moderating revenues, with the reduced levels of travel most clearly reflected in the parking activity associated with our airport and hotel businesses as well as increases in certain costs of parking services, such as snow removal, all of which negatively affects gross profit.

Deterioration in economic conditions in general could reduce the demand for parking and ancillary services and, as a result, reduce our earnings and adversely affect our financial condition.

Adverse changes in global, national and local economic conditions could have a negative impact on our business. In addition, our business operations tend to be concentrated in large urban areas. Many of our customers are workers who commute by car to their places of employment in these urban centers. Our business could be materially adversely affected to the extent that weak economic conditions or demographic factors have resulted in the elimination of jobs and high unemployment in these large urban areas. In addition, increased unemployment levels, the movement of white-collar jobs from urban centers to suburbs or out of North America entirely, increased office vacancies in urban areas, movement toward home office alternatives or lower consumer spending could reduce consumer demand for our services.

Adverse changes in economic conditions could also lead to a decline in parking at airports and commercial facilities, including facilities owned by retail operators and hotels. In particular, reductions in parking at leased facilities can lower our profit because a decrease in revenue would be exacerbated by fixed costs that we must pay under our leases.

If adverse economic conditions reduce discretionary spending, business travel or other economic activity that fuels demand for our services, our earnings could be reduced. Adverse changes in local and national economic conditions could also depress prices for our services or cause clients to cancel their agreements to purchase our services.

We are increasingly dependent on information technology, and potential disruption, cyber-attacks, cyber terrorism and security breaches present risks that could harm our business.

We are increasingly centralized and dependent on automated information technology systems to manage and support a variety of business processes and activities. In addition, a portion of our business operations is conducted electronically, increasing the risk of attack or interception that could cause loss or misuse of data, system failures or disruption of operations. Improper activities by third parties, exploitation of encryption technology, new data-hacking tools and discoveries and other events or developments may result in a future compromise or breach of our networks, payment card terminals or other payment systems. In particular, the techniques used by criminals to obtain unauthorized access to sensitive data change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target; accordingly, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. Additionally, our systems are subject to damage or interruption from system conversions, power outages, computer or telecommunications failures, computer viruses and malicious attack, security breaches and catastrophic events. If our systems are damaged or fail to function properly, we may incur substantial repair and/or replacement costs, experience data loss or theft and impediments to our ability to manage customer transactions, which could adversely affect our operations and our results of operations. In addition, there is a risk of business interruption, reputational damage and potential legal liability damages from leakage of confidential information. The occurrence of acts of cyber terrorism such as website defacement, denial of automated payment services, sabotage of our proprietary on-demand technology or the use of electronic social media to disseminate unfounded or otherwise harmful allegations to our reputation, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Any business interruptions or damage to our reputation could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. While we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses and would not remedy damage to our reputation.

In the fourth quarter of 2014, a third-party vendor retained by our client that provides and maintains payment card systems in some of our parking facilities notified us that an unauthorized person had used a remote access tool to connect to some of its payment processing systems and that our customers' data was at risk. We retained a leading computer forensic firm to conduct an investigation and further determine the facts. After extensive analysis, we discovered evidence confirming that criminals used a remote access tool to install malware that searched for payment card data that was being routed through the computers that accept payments made at the parking facilities (the "Data Breach"). The malware has now been removed from servers that were attacked and it no longer presents a threat to customers using the impacted parking garages that we operate. We have received a small number of reports of fraudulent use of payment cards potentially connected to the data breach. We fulfilled all obligations for notifying our payment processors and impacted customers. We have also implemented additional security measures including forcing our vendors to use two-factor authentication for remote access.

Table of Contents

We do not have control over security measures taken by third-party vendors hired by our clients to prevent unauthorized access to electronic and other confidential information. There can be no assurance that other third-party payment processing vendors will not suffer a similar attack in the future, that unauthorized parties will not gain access to personal financial information, or that any such incident will be discovered in a timely manner.

We have incurred substantial indebtedness that requires us to comply with certain financial and operating covenants under our credit facility and to make payments as they become due, and our failure to comply could cause amounts borrowed under the facility to become immediate due and payable or prevent us from borrowing under the facility.

On February 20, 2015, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ("Restated Credit Agreement"), providing for $400.0 million in secured senior credit facility ("Restated Credit Facility") consisting of (i) a $200.0 million revolving credit facility and (ii) a $200.0 million term loan facility (which is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization) with Bank of America, Wells Fargo Bank and certain other financial institutions. The Restated Credit Facility matures on February 20, 2020, at which time any amounts outstanding will be due and payable in full. As of December 31, 2015 , we had $185.0 million outstanding under the term loan facility and $94.7 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility, respectively. This level of indebtedness and any increases in outstanding indebtedness may:


•	require us to dedicate a significant percentage of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow to fund capital expenditures, pursue other acquisitions or investments in new technologies, make stock repurchases, pay dividends and for general corporate purposes;


•	increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic conditions, including increases in interest rates if the borrowings bear interest at variable rates or if such indebtedness is refinanced at a time when interest rates are higher; and


•	limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in or challenges relating to our business and industry, creating competitive disadvantages compared to other competitors with lower debt levels and borrowing costs.

We are required to comply with specified financial and operating covenants and to make scheduled payments of our term loan, which could limit our ability to operate our business as we otherwise might operate it. Our failure to comply with any of these covenants or to meet any payment obligations under the Restated Credit Facility could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, would result in any amounts outstanding, including any accrued interest and unpaid fees, becoming immediately due and payable.

We cannot assure you that cash flow from operations, combined with additional borrowings under the Restated Credit Facility and any future credit facility, will be available in an amount sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness, or to fund other liquidity needs. If the consolidated leverage ratio exceeds certain thresholds, the interest rate on indebtedness outstanding under our credit facility will be higher.

We may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, which could cause the related risks to intensify. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before their respective maturities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including indebtedness under our Restated Credit Facility, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to refinance our debt, we may default under the terms of our indebtedness, which could lead to an acceleration of the debt. We do not expect that we could repay all of our outstanding indebtedness if the repayment of such indebtedness was accelerated.

We must comply with public and private regulations that may impose significant costs on us.

Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, current or previous owners or operators of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in their properties. This applies to properties we either own or operate. These laws typically impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. We may be potentially liable for such costs as a result of our operation of parking facilities. Additionally, we hold a partial ownership interest in four of these parking facilities acquired in the Central Merger, and Central previously owned a large number of properties that we did not acquire. We may now be liable for such costs as a result of such previous and current ownership. In addition, from time to time we are involved in environmental issues at certain locations or in connection with our operations. The cost of defending against claims of liability, or remediation of a contaminated property, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, several state and local laws have been passed in recent years that encourage carpooling and the use of mass transit. Laws and regulations that reduce the number of cars and vehicles being driven could adversely impact our business.

Table of Contents

We collect and remit sales/parking taxes and file tax returns for and on behalf of ourselves and our clients. We are affected by laws and regulations that may impose a direct assessment on us for failure to remit sales/parking taxes and filing of tax returns for ourselves and on behalf of our clients.

The financial difficulties or bankruptcy of one or more of our major clients could adversely affect our results.

Future revenue and our ability to collect accounts receivable depend, in part, on the financial strength of our clients. We estimate an allowance for accounts we do not consider collectible, and this allowance adversely impacts profitability. In the event that our clients experience financial difficulty, become unable to obtain financing or seek bankruptcy protection, our profitability would be further impacted by our failure to collect accounts receivable in excess of the estimated allowance. Additionally, our future revenue would be reduced by the loss of these clients or by the cancellation of leases or management contracts by clients in bankruptcy.

Additional funds would need to be reserved for future insurance losses if such losses are worse than expected.

We provide liability and worker's compensation insurance coverage consistent with our obligations to our clients under our various management contracts and leases. We are obligated to reimburse our insurance carriers for, or pay directly, each loss incurred up to the amount of a specified deductible or self-insured retention. The per-occurrence deductible is $0.3 million for our workers' compensation and garage keepers legal liability policies and $0.5 million for our automobile liability policy. The per-occurrence self-insured retention for our general liability policy is $0.5 million. We also purchase property insurance that provides coverage for loss or damage to our property, and in some cases our clients' property, as well as business interruption coverage for lost operating income and certain associated expenses. The deductible applicable to any given loss under the property insurance policies varies based upon the insured values and the peril that causes the loss. The stop-loss limit applicable under the group health insurance we provide for eligible employees is $0.3 million per illness. Our financial statements reflect our funding of all such obligations based upon guidance and evaluation received from third-party insurance professionals. There can be no assurance, however, that the ultimate amount of our obligations will not exceed the amount presently funded or accrued, in which case we would need to set aside additional funds to reserve for any such excess. Changes in insurance reserves as a result of periodic evaluations of the liabilities can cause swings in operating results that may not be indicative of the operations of our ongoing business. Additionally, our obligations could increase if we receive a greater number of insurance claims, or if the severity of, or the administrative costs associated with, those claims generally increases. A material increase in insurance costs due to a change in the number or severity of claims, claim costs or premiums paid by us could have a material adverse effect on our operating income.

Labor disputes could lead to loss of revenues or expense variations.

When one or more of our major collective bargaining agreements becomes subject to renegotiation or when we face union organizing drives, we may disagree with the union on important issues that, in turn, could lead to a strike, work slowdown or other job actions. There can be no assurance that we will be able to renew existing labor union contracts on acceptable terms. In such cases, there are no assurances that we would be able to staff sufficient employees for our short-term needs. A strike, work slowdown or other job action could in some cases disrupt us from providing services, resulting in reduced revenues. If declines in client service occur or if our clients are targeted for sympathy strikes by other unionized workers, contract cancellations could result. The result of negotiating a first time agreement or renegotiating an existing collective bargaining agreement could result in a substantial increase in labor and benefits expenses that we may be unable to pass through to clients. In addition, potential legislation could make it significantly easier for union organizing drives to be successful and could give third-party arbitrators the ability to impose terms of collective bargaining agreements upon us and a labor union if we are unable to agree with such union on the terms of a collective bargaining agreement.

At December 31, 2015 , approximately 34% of our employees were represented by labor unions and approximately 58% of our collective bargaining contracts are up for renewal in 2016, representing approximately 23% of our employees. In addition, at any given time, we may face a number of union organizing drives.

In addition, we make contributions to multi-employer benefit plans on behalf of certain employees covered by collective bargaining agreements and could be responsible for paying unfunded liabilities incurred by such benefit plans, which amount could be material.

Our business success depends on retaining senior management and attracting and retaining qualified personnel.

Our future performance depends on the continuing services and contributions of our senior management to execute on our acquisition and growth strategies and to identify and pursue new opportunities. Our future success also depends, in large degree, on our continued ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. Any unplanned turnover in senior management or inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could have a negative effect on our results of operations.

Table of Contents

Negative or unexpected tax consequences could adversely affect our results of operations.

Adverse changes in underlying profitability and financial outlook of our operations could lead to changes in valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets on our consolidated balance sheet, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. Additionally, changes in U.S. tax laws or state tax laws or our interpretation of existing laws in states where we have significant operations could have an adverse effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets and results of operations. We are also subject to tax audits by governmental authorities in the United States and Canada. Negative unexpected results from one or more such tax audits or our failure to sustain our reporting positions on examination could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and our effective tax rate.

We have investments in joint ventures and may be subject to certain financial and operating risks with our joint venture investments.

We have acquired or invested in a number of joint ventures, and may acquire or enter into joint ventures with additional companies. These transactions create risks such as: (i) additional operating losses and expenses in the businesses acquired or joint ventures for which we have made investments in, (ii) the dependence on the investee's accounting, financial reporting and similar systems, controls and processes of other entities whose financial performance is incorporated into our financial results due to our investment in that entity, (iii) potential unknown liabilities associated with a company we may acquire or in which we invest, (iv) our requirement or obligation to commit and provide additional capital, equity, or credit support as required by the joint venture agreements, (v) the joint venture partner may be unable to perform its obligations as a result of financial or other difficulties or be unable to provide for additional capital, equity or credit support as required by the joint venture agreements and (vi) disruption of our ongoing business, including loss of management focus on the business. As a result of future acquisitions or joint ventures for which we may invest in, we may need to issue additional equity securities, spend our cash, or incur debt and contingent liabilities, any of which could reduce our profitability and harm our business. In addition, valuations supporting our acquisitions or investments in joint ventures could change rapidly given the global economic environment and climate. We could determine that such valuations have experienced impairments other-than-temporary declines in fair value which could adversely impact our financial results.

Weather conditions, including natural disasters, or acts of terrorism could disrupt our business and services.

Weather conditions, including fluctuations in temperatures, hurricanes, snow or severe weather storms, earthquakes, drought, heavy flooding, natural disasters or acts of terrorism may result in reduced revenues and gross profit. Weather conditions, natural disasters and acts of terrorism may also cause economic dislocations throughout the country. Weather conditions, including natural disasters, could lead to reduced levels of travel and require increase in certain costs of parking services of which could negatively affect gross profit. In addition, terrorist attacks have resulted in, and may continue to result in, increased government regulation of airlines and airport facilities, including imposition of minimum distances between parking facilities and terminals, resulting in the elimination of currently managed parking facilities. We derive a significant percentage of our gross profit from parking facilities and parking related services in and around airports. The Federal Aviation Administration generally prohibits parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during periods of heightened security. While the prohibition is not currently in effect, there can be no assurance that this governmental prohibition will not again be reinstated. The existing regulations governing parking within 300 feet of airport terminals or future regulations may prevent us from using certain parking spaces. Reductions in the number of parking spaces and air travelers may reduce our revenue and cash flow for both our leased facilities and those facilities we operate under management contracts.

Because our business is affected by weather related trends, typically in the first and fourth quarters of each year, our results may fluctuate from period to period, which could make it difficult to evaluate our business.

Weather conditions, including fluctuations in temperatures, snow or severe weather storms, heavy flooding, hurricanes or natural disasters, can negatively impact portions of our business. We periodically have experienced fluctuations in our quarterly results arising from a number of factors, including the following:


•	reduced levels of travel during and as a result of severe weather conditions, which is reflected in lower revenue from urban, airport and hotel parking; and


•	increased costs of parking services, such as snow removal.

These factors have typically had negative impacts to our gross profit in the first quarter and could cause gross profit reductions in the future, either in the first quarter or other quarters. As a result of these seasonal affects, our revenue and earnings in the second, third and fourth quarters generally tend to be higher than revenue and earnings in the first quarter. Accordingly, you should not consider our first quarter results as indicative of results to be expected for any other quarter or for any full fiscal year. Fluctuations in our results could make it difficult to evaluate our business or cause instability in the market price of our common stock.

Table of Contents

Risks relating to our acquisition strategy may adversely impact our results of operations.

In the past, a significant portion of our growth has been generated by acquisitions, and we expect to continue to acquire businesses in the future as part of our growth strategy. A slowdown in the pace or size of our acquisitions could lead to a slower growth rate. There can be no assurance that any acquisition we make in the future will provide us with the benefits that we anticipate when entering into the transaction. The process of integrating an acquired business may create unforeseen difficulties and expenses. The areas in which we may face risks in connection with any potential acquisition of a business include, but are not limited to:


•	management time and focus may be diverted from operating our business to acquisition integration;


•	clients or key employees of an acquired business may not remain, which could negatively impact our ability to grow that acquired business;


•	integration of the acquired business’s accounting, information technology, human resources, and other administrative systems may fail to permit effective management and expense reduction;


•	implementing internal controls, procedures, and policies appropriate for a public company in an acquired business that lacked some of these controls, procedures, and policies may fail;


•	additional indebtedness incurred as a result of an acquisition may impact our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows; and


•	unanticipated or unknown liabilities may arise relating to the acquired business.

Goodwill impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Goodwill represents the excess purchase price of acquired businesses over the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. We have elected to make the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter, October 1st, the annual impairment assessment date for goodwill. However, we could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill prior to the annual assessment if we experience a significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the use of acquired assets or our business strategy, and significant negative industry or economic trends. If the fair value of one of our operating units is less than its carrying value, we would record impairment for the excess of the carrying amount over the estimated fair value. The valuation of our operating units requires significant judgment in evaluation of recent indicators of market activity and estimated future cash flows, discount rates, and other factors. The amount of any impairment could have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results for the period in which the charge is taken.

Impairment of long-lived assets may adversely affect our operating results.

We evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. These events and circumstances include, but are not limited to, a current expectation that a long-lived asset will be disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life, a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which we use a long-lived asset or a change in its physical condition. When this occurs, a recoverability test is performed that compares the projected undiscounted cash flows from the use and eventual disposition of an asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If as a result of this test we conclude that the projected undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount, impairment would be recorded for the excess of the carrying amount over the estimated fair value. The amount of any impairment could have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results for the period in which the charge is taken.

State and municipal government clients may sell or enter into long-term leases of parking-related assets with our competitors or property owners and developers may redevelop existing locations for alternative uses.

In order to raise additional revenue, a number of state and municipal governments have either sold or entered into long-term leases of public assets or may be contemplating such transactions. The assets that are the subject of such transactions have included government-owned parking garages located in downtown commercial districts and parking operations at airports. The sale or long-term leasing of such government-owned parking assets to our competitors or clients of our competitors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, property owners and developers may elect to redevelop existing locations for alternative uses other than parking or significantly reduce the number of existing spaces used for parking at those facilities in which we either lease or operate through a management contract. Reductions in the number of parking spaces or potential loss of contracts due to redevelopment by property owners may reduce our gross profit and cash flow for both our leased facilities and those facilities in which we operate under management contracts.

Our ability to expand our business will be dependent upon the availability of adequate capital.

The rate of our expansion will depend in part on the availability of adequate capital, which in turn will depend in large part on cash flow generated by our business and the availability of equity and debt capital. In addition, our Restated Credit Facility contains provisions that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and/or make substantial investments or acquisitions. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to finance our current growth strategies.

Table of Contents

The sureties for our performance bond program may elect not to provide us with new or renewal performance bonds for any reason.

As is customary in the industry, a surety provider can refuse to provide a bond principal with new or renewal surety bonds. If any existing or future surety provider refuses to provide us with surety bonds, either generally or because we are unwilling or unable to post collateral at levels sufficient to satisfy the surety's requirements, there can be no assurance that we would be able to find alternate providers on acceptable terms, or at all. Our inability to provide surety bonds could also result in the loss of existing contracts. Failure to find a provider of surety bonds, and our resulting inability to bid for new contracts or renew existing contracts, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Federal health care reform legislation may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 were signed into law in the U.S. (collectively, the "Health Care Reform Laws"). The Health Care Reform Laws require large employers to provide a minimum level of health insurance for all qualifying employees or pay penalties for not providing such coverage. In addition, the Health Care Reform Laws establish new regulations on health plans. Accordingly, we could incur costs associated with: (i) providing additional health insurance benefits; (ii) the payment of penalties if the minimum level of coverage is not provided; and (iii) the filing of additional information with the Internal Revenue Service to comply with these laws. If we are unable to raise the rates we charge our clients to cover these expenses, our operating profit could be negatively impacted.

We do not maintain insurance coverage for all possible risks.

We maintain a comprehensive portfolio of insurance policies to help protect us against loss or damage incurred from a wide variety of insurable risks. Each year, we review with our professional insurance advisers whether the insurance policies and associated coverages that we maintain are sufficient to adequately protect us from the various types of risk to which we are exposed in the ordinary course of business. That analysis takes into account various pertinent factors such as the likelihood that we would incur a material loss from any given risk, as well as the cost of obtaining insurance coverage against any such risk. There can be no assurance that we may not sustain a material loss for which we do not maintain any, or adequate, insurance coverage.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties

Parking Facilities

We operate parking facilities in 44 states and the District of Columbia in the United States, Puerto Rico and three provinces of Canada. The following table summarizes certain information regarding facilities in which we operate as of December 31, 2015 :



		# of Locations			# of Spaces
States/Provinces	Airports and Urban Cities	Airport	Urban	Total	Airport	Urban	Total
Alabama	Airport, Birmingham, Mobile and Talladega	1	55	56	1,074	10,034	11,108
Alberta	Calgary, Edmonton and Sherwood Park	—	9	9	—	1,298	1,298
Arizona	Glendale, Nogales, Phoenix, Scottsdale and Tempe	—	28	28	—	19,829	19,829
California	Airports, Glendale, Long Beach, Los Angeles, Newport Beach, Oakland, Riverside, Sacramento, San Francisco, San Jose, Santa Monica and other various cities	21	600	621	45,083	261,847	306,930
Colorado	Airports, Aurora, Boulder, Broomfield, Colorado Springs, Denver, Golden, Greenwood Village, Lakewood, Lone Tree, Westminster and other various cities	10	157	167	42,056	60,948	103,004
Connecticut	Airports, Hartford, Stamford, Waterbury and Windsor Locks	8	5	13	7,941	2,679	10,620
Delaware	Wilmington	—	5	5	—	1,634	1,634
District of Columbia	Washington	—	74	74	—	16,188	16,188
Florida	Airports, Coral Gables, Ft. Lauderdale, Jacksonville, Miami, Miami Beach, Orlando, South Miami, St. Petersburg, Tampa, West Palm Beach and other various cities	24	199	223	46,602	86,869	133,471
Georgia	Airports, Athens, Atlanta, Decatur, and Duluth	16	67	83	35,367	46,577	81,944
Hawaii	Aiea, Honolulu, Kaneohe, Lahaina, Wailuku and Waipahu	—	38	38	—	12,989	12,989
Idaho	Airport	1	—	1	883	—	883
Illinois	Airports, Chicago, Elgin, Evanston, Harvey, Lake County, North Chicago, Oak Park, Rosemont, Schaumburg and other various cities	13	320	333	37,366	120,157	157,523
Indiana	Indianapolis and South Bend	—	4	4	—	570	570
Kansas	Kansas City and Topeka	—	3	3	—	832	832
Kentucky	Airports, Covington, Louisville, Frankfort and Lexington	6	19	25	16,807	3,428	20,235
Louisiana	Airports, Baton Rouge, Gretina, New Orleans, Shreveport and Westwego	7	65	72	10,324	17,698	28,022
Maine	Airports and Portland	—	99	99	—	33,138	33,138
Maryland	Airports, Baltimore, Bethesda, Ellicott City, Landover, Oxon Hill, Rockville and Towson	6	53	59	27,700	52,403	80,103
Massachusetts	Attleboro, Boston, Cambridge, Charlestown, Chelsea, Lawrence, Roxbury, Somerville, Springfield and Worcester and various other cities	3	2	5	3,081	1,129	4,210
Michigan	Airports, Ann Arbor, Birmingham, Detroit, Pontiac, Flint, Freeland, Grand Rapids, Kalamazoo, Lansing, Royal Oak and Traverse City	14	31	45	34,989	15,173	50,162
Minnesota	Minneapolis and St. Paul	—	35	35	—	10,429	10,429
Mississippi	Jackson	—	12	12	—	3,288	3,288
Missouri	Airports, Barnhart, Clayton, Kansas City, Springfield and St. Louis	7	76	83	24,816	31,818	56,634
Montana	Airports	5	—	5	3,801	—	3,801
Nebraska	Airports, Lincoln	2	12	14	1,307	2,441	3,748
New Hampshire	Airports, Manchester	5	—	5	8,427	—	8,427

Table of Contents



		# of Locations			# of Spaces
States/Provinces	Airports and Urban Cities	Airport	Urban	Total	Airport	Urban	Total
New Jersey	Atlantic City, Bayonne, Camden, East Rutherford, Jersey City, New Brunswick, Newark, Paterson, Wayne, Weehawken and various other cities	—	89	89	—	73,216	73,216
New Mexico	Airport and Albuquerque	1	8	9	—	3,777	3,777
New York	Airports, Bronx, Brooklyn, Buffalo, Flushing, Hamburg, Long Island City, Manhattan, Queens, Ronkoma, Syracuse, West Harrison, White Plains and other various cities	8	509	517	15,547	91,673	107,220
North Carolina	Airports, Albemarle, Asheville, Carolina Beach, Charlotte, Durham, Fletcher, Greensboro, Wilmington, and Winston Salem	9	88	97	17,208	26,038	43,246
North Dakota	Airports	2	—	2	2,971	—	2,971
Ohio	Airports, Akron, Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus, Dayton, Lakewood, North Canton and Westerville	17	154	171	17,655	91,578	109,233
Oklahoma	Oklahoma City and Tulsa	—	28	28	—	7,466	7,466
Ontario	Brampton, Cambridge, Kitchener, Mississauga, North York, Oshawa, Ottawa, Saultsaintemarie, Thunder bay, Toronto and various other cities	—	88	88	—	35,770	35,770
Oregon	Airports, Corvallis, Medford, Portland and Redmond	8	17	25	19,133	9,353	28,486
Pennsylvania	Airports, Avoca, Chester, Harrisburg, Lancaster, Middletown, Norristown, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh and Scranton	4	68	72	7,241	57,976	65,217
Puerto Rico	Caguas, Carolina, Dorado, Guaynabo, Ponce, Rio Grande and San Juan	—	40	40	—	18,622	18,622
Quebec	Gatineau	—	8	8	—	4,647	4,647
Rhode Island	Airports, Middletown, Newport, Providence and Warwick	7	8	15	9,027	2,236	11,263
South Carolina	Beaufort and Columbia	—	8	8	—	1,949	1,949
South Dakota	Airports, Rapid City, Sioux Falls	2	—	2	2,716	—	2,716
Tennessee	Airports, Blountville, Knoxville, Memphis and Nashville	4	64	68	10,197	13,876	24,073
Texas	Airports, Addison, Austin, Dallas, El Paso, Ft. Worth, Houston, Irving, San Antonio, Waco and Woodlands and other various cities	33	223	256	36,893	142,645	179,538
Utah	Airports, Farmington, Park City and Salt Lake City	10	16	26	14,769	5,536	20,305
Virginia	Airports, Arlington, Fairfax, Manassas, Newport News, Norfolk, Reston, Richmond, Roanoke, Vienna and various other cities	7	86	93	11,280	32,166	43,446
Washington	Airport, Bellevue, Bellingham and Seattle	1	84	85	2,348	22,431	24,779
West Virginia	Charleston	—	16	16	—	2,854	2,854
Wisconsin	Airports, Appleton, Green Bay, Lacrosse, Madison, Menomonee Falls and Milwaukee	12	30	42	17,605	14,524	32,129
	Totals	274	3,600	3,874	532,214	1,471,729	2,003,943

For additional information on our properties, see also Part II, Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Summary of Operating Facilities" and the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."

Table of Contents

Office Leases

We lease approximately 35,000 square feet for our corporate offices in Chicago, Illinois and 33,000 square feet for our support office in Nashville, Tennessee. We believe that these spaces will be adequate to our meet current and foreseeable future needs.

We also lease regional offices in various cities in the United States and Canada. These lease agreements generally include renewal and expansion options, and we believe that these facilities are adequate to meet our current and foreseeable future needs.

I tem 3. Legal Proceedings

We are subject to litigation in the normal course of our business. The outcomes of legal proceedings and claims brought against us and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. We accrue a charge against income when our management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In addition, we accrue for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against us by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of our intent to appeal. In addition, we are from time-to-time party to litigation, administrative proceedings and union grievances that arise in the normal course of business, and occasionally pay non-material amounts to resolve claims or alleged violations of regulatory requirements. There are no "normal course" matters that separately or in the aggregate, would, in the opinion of management, have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition or cash flow.

In determining the appropriate loss contingencies, we consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of potential loss. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a potential loss or a range of potential loss involves significant estimation and judgment.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC under the symbol "SP". The following sets forth the high and low intraday sales prices of our common stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC during each quarter of the two most recent calendar years.



	Sales Price
	2015				2014
Quarter Ended	High		Low		High		Low
March 31	$	25.39	$	19.71	$	27.72	$	23.59
June 30	$	27.33	$	21.62	$	26.73	$	20.50
September 30	$	27.41	$	18.50	$	22.60	$	17.96
December 31	$	26.39	$	21.66	$	25.76	$	18.65

Dividends

We did not pay a cash dividend in respect of our common stock in 2015 or 2014 . By the terms of our Restated Credit Facility, we can pay cash dividends on our capital stock while such facility is in effect. Any future dividends will be determined based on earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, and other factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors. There are no restrictions on the ability of our wholly owned subsidiaries to pay cash dividends to us.

Holders

As of February 29, 2016 , there were 22,328,578 holders of our common stock, based on the number of record holders of our common stock.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans



Plan Category	Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights (a)	Weighted- Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights		Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by securities holders	575,567	$	—	370,420
Equity compensation plans not approved by securities holders	—	—		—
Total	575,567	$	—	370,420

Stock Repurchases

In June 2011, our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase shares of our common stock, on the open market, up to $20.0 million in share repurchases in the aggregate. Under this repurchase program, we may purchase our common shares from time to time in open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions and may make all or part of the purchases pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans. Any repurchased shares are retired and returned to an authorized but unissued status. The repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time without notice. As of December 31, 2015 , $12.5 million remained available for stock repurchases under the June 2011 authorization by the Board of Directors. We made no stock repurchases during 2015 or 2014 .

Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph



	Years Ended December 31,
Company / Index	2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		2015
SP Plus Corporation	$	100.00	$	94.15	$	115.86	$	137.20	$	132.93	$	125.92
S&P 500 Index	$	100.00	$	102.11	$	118.45	$	156.82	$	178.29	$	180.75
S&P SmallCap 600 Commercial & Professional Services	$	100.00	$	89.38	$	112.95	$	166.87	$	165.32	$	167.46
S&P SmallCap 600 Commercial & Professional Services	$	100.00	$	89.38	$	112.95	$	166.87	$	165.32	$	167.46

The performance graph above shows the cumulative total stockholder return of our common stock for the period starting on December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2015. This performance is compared with the cumulative total returns over the same period of the Standard & Poor's 500 Index and the Standard & Poor's SmallCap 600 Commercial and Professional Services Index, which includes our direct competitor, ABM Industries Incorporated. The graph assumes that on December 31, 2010, $100 was invested in each of the other two indices, and assumes reinvestment of dividends. The stock performance shown in the graph represents past performance and should not be considered indication of future performance.

Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected consolidated data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, which are included in Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" and the information contained in Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The results of operations for the historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods. See Item 1A. "Risk Factors" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of risk factors that could impact our future results.

Our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 include Central's results of operations for the entire year. Our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 include Central's results of operations for the period October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012.



	Year Ended December 31,
(millions)	2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
Statement of Income
Parking services revenue
Lease contracts	$	570.9		$	496.6		$	489.6		$	250.3		$	147.5
Management contracts	350.3			338.3			347.3			230.5			173.7
	921.2			834.9			836.9			480.8			321.2
Reimbursed management contract revenue	694.7			679.8			629.9			473.1			408.4
Total revenue	1,615.9			1,514.7			1,466.8			953.9			729.6
Cost of parking services
Lease contracts	532.8			455.7			456.1			231.8			136.5
Management contracts	218.3			207.9			208.7			141.9			97.2
	751.1			663.6			664.8			373.7			233.7
Reimbursed management contract expense	694.7			679.8			629.9			473.1			408.4
Total cost of parking services	1,445.8			1,343.4			1,294.7			846.8			642.1
Gross profit
Lease contracts	38.1			40.9			33.5			18.6			11.0
Management contracts	132.0			130.4			138.6			88.5			76.5
Total gross profit	170.1			171.3			172.1			107.1			87.5
General and administrative expenses	97.3			101.5			98.9			86.5			48.3
Depreciation and amortization	34.0			30.3			31.2			13.5			6.6
Operating income	38.8			39.5			42.0			7.1			32.6
Other expense (income)
Interest expense	12.7			17.8			19.0			8.6			4.7
Interest income	(0.2		)	(0.4		)	(0.6		)	(0.3		)	(0.2		)
Gain on sale of business	(0.5		)	—			—			—			—
Gain on contribution of a business to an unconsolidated entity	—			(4.1		)	—			—			—
Equity in losses from investments in unconsolidated entity	1.7			0.3			—			—			—
Total other expense (income)	13.7			13.6			18.4			8.3			4.5
Earnings (loss) before income taxes	25.1			25.9			23.6			(1.2		)	28.1
Income tax expense (benefit)	4.8			(0.2		)	8.8			(3.6		)	10.7
Net income	20.3			26.1			14.8			2.4			17.4
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	2.9			3.0			2.7			1.0			0.4
Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation (1)	$	17.4		$	23.1		$	12.1		$	1.4		$	17.0
Balance sheet data (at end of year)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	18.7		$	18.2		$	23.2		$	28.5		$	13.2
Total assets (2) (5)	784.1			823.1			858.5			900.0			242.0
Total debt (3) (5)	225.1			250.8			284.8			305.3			81.1
Total SP Plus Corporation shareholders' equity (4)	$	250.1		$	229.8		$	203.1		$	186.2		$	41.3


(1)	Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation for 2012 includes the following significant amounts from the Central Merger: Total revenue, excluding reimbursed revenue, of $127.8 million; total cost of parking services, excluding reimbursed expense, of $190.0 million; and general and administrative expenses of $24.6 million.


(2)	Total assets as of December 31, 2012 includes the impact of assets acquired in the Central Merger of $624.9 million.


(3)	Total long-term debt, including current portion as of December 31, 2012, includes $217.7 million of debt, net of cash acquired, assumed in the Central Merger.


(4)	Total SP Plus Corporation stockholders' equity as of December 31, 2012 includes approximately $140.7 million related to the issuance of our common stock in the Central Merger.


(5)	Total assets and total debt for all years presented have been adjusted for the early adoption of ASU 2015-03.

Table of Contents

7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and other parts of this Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements provide current expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. Forward-looking statements can also be identified by words such as "future," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "plans," "predicts," "will," "would," "could," "can," "may," and similar terms. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and the Company's actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Part I, Item 1A. "Risk Factors" of this Form 10-K, which are incorporated herein by reference. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10-K. Each of the terms the "Company" and "SP Plus" as used herein refers collectively to SP Plus Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, unless otherwise stated. The Company assumes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements for any reason, except as required by law.

Overview

Our Business

We provide parking management, ground transportation and other ancillary services to commercial, institutional and municipal clients in urban markets and airports across the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada. Our services include a comprehensive set of on-site parking management and ground transportation services, which include facility maintenance, security services, training, scheduling and supervising all service personnel as well as providing customer service, marketing, and accounting and revenue control functions necessary to facilitate the operation of our clients' facilities. We also provide a range of ancillary services such as airport shuttle operations, valet services, taxi and livery dispatch services and municipal meter revenue collection and enforcement services. We typically enter into contractual relationships with property owners or managers as opposed to owning facilities.

We operate our clients' properties through two types of arrangements: management contracts and leases. Under a management contract, we typically receive a base monthly fee for managing the facility, and we may also receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. We also receive fees for ancillary services. Typically, all of the underlying revenues and expenses under a standard management contract flow through to our clients rather than to us. However, some management contracts, which are referred to as "reverse" management contracts, usually provide for larger management fees and require us to pay various costs. Under lease arrangements, we generally pay to the property owner either a fixed annual rent, a percentage of gross customer collections or a combination thereof. We collect all revenues under lease arrangements and we are responsible for most operating expenses, but we are typically not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes. Margins for lease contracts vary significantly, not only due to operating performance, but also due to variability of parking rates in different cities and varying space utilization by parking facility type and location. As of December 31, 2015 , we operated 82% of our locations under management contracts and 18% under leases.

In evaluating our financial condition and operating performance, management's primary focus is on our gross profit and total general and administrative expense. Although the underlying economics to us of management contracts and leases are similar, the manner in which we are required to account for them differs. Revenue from leases includes all gross customer collections derived from our leased locations (net of local parking taxes), whereas revenue from management contracts only includes our contractually agreed upon management fees and amounts attributable to ancillary services. Gross customer collections at facilities under management contracts, therefore, are not included in our revenue. Accordingly, while a change in the proportion of our operating agreements that are structured as leases versus management contracts may cause significant fluctuations in reported revenue and expense of parking services, that change will not artificially affect our gross profit. For example, as of December 31, 2015 , 82% of our locations were operated under management contracts and 78% of our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2015 was derived from management contracts. Only 38% of total revenue (excluding reimbursed management contract revenue), however, was from management contracts because under those contracts the revenue collected from parking customers belongs to our clients. Therefore, gross profit and total general and administrative expense, rather than revenue, are management's primary focus.

Acquisitions, Investment in Joint Venture and Sale of Business

In October 2012, we completed the Central Merger for 6,161,332 shares of our common stock and the assumption of $217.7 million of Central's debt, net of cash acquired. Additionally, Central's former stockholders will be entitled to receive $27.0 million to be paid three years after closing, to the extent the $27.0 million is not used to satisfy seller indemnity obligations pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 28, 2012. Our consolidated results of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 include Central's results of operations for the entire year.

Table of Contents

In August 2015, we sold portions of our security business primarily operating in the Southern California market to a third-party for a gross sales price of $1.8 million, which resulted in a gain on sale of business of $0.5 million, net of legal and other expenses. The pre-tax profit for the operations of the sold business was not significant to the periods presented herein.

Summary of Operating Facilities

The following table reflects our facilities operated at the end of the years indicated:



	December 31,
	2015	2014	2013
Leased facilities (1)	713	774	850
Managed facilities (1) (2)	3,161	3,348	3,317
Total facilities	3,874	4,122	4,167


(1)	Includes partial ownership in two managed facilities and one leased facility acquired in the Central Merger.


(2)	Adjusted to exclude managed facilities related to the security business primarily operating in the Southern California market for December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013.

Revenue

We recognize parking services revenue from lease and management contracts as the related services are provided. Substantially all of our revenues come from the following two sources:


•	Parking services revenue—lease contract. Parking services revenues related to lease contracts consist of all revenue received at a leased facility, including parking receipts (net of parking tax), consulting and real estate development fees, gains on sales of contracts and payments for exercising termination rights.

•

Parking services revenue—management contract. Management contract revenue consists of management fees, including both fixed and performance-based fees, and amounts attributable to ancillary services such as accounting, equipment leasing, payments received for exercising termination rights, consulting, development fees, gains on sales of contracts, insurance and other value-added services with respect to managed locations. We believe we generally purchase required insurance at lower rates than our clients can obtain on their own because we effectively self-insured for all liability, worker's compensation and health care claims by maintaining a large per-claim deductible. As a result, we have generated operating income on the insurance provided under our management contracts by focusing on our risk management efforts and controlling losses. Management contract revenues do not include gross customer collections at the managed locations as these revenues belong to the property owners rather than to us. Management contracts generally provide us with management fees regardless of the operating performance of the underlying facilities.

Conversions between type of contracts, lease or management, are typically determined by our clients and not us. Although the underlying economics to us of management contracts and leases are similar, the manner in which we account for them differs substantially.

Reimbursed Management Contract Revenue

Reimbursed management contract revenue consists of the direct reimbursement from the property owner for operating expenses incurred under a management contract, which is reflected in our revenue.

Cost of Parking Services

Our cost of parking services consists of the following:

•

Cost of parking services—lease contract. The cost of parking services under a lease arrangement consists of contractual rental fees paid to the facility owner and all operating expenses incurred in connection with operating the leased facility. Contractual fees paid to the facility owner are generally based on either a fixed contractual amount or a percentage of gross revenue or a combination thereof. Generally, under a lease arrangement we are not responsible for major capital expenditures or real estate taxes.


•	Cost of parking services—management contract. The cost of parking services under a management contract is generally the responsibility of the facility owner. As a result, these costs are not included in our results of operations. However, our reverse management contracts, which typically provide for larger management fees, do require us to pay for certain costs.

Reimbursed Management Contract Expense

Reimbursed management contract expense consists of direct reimbursed costs incurred on behalf of property owners under a management contract, which is reflected in our cost of parking services.

Gross Profit

Gross profit equals our revenue less the cost of generating such revenue. This is the key metric we use to examine our performance because it captures the underlying economic benefit to us of both lease contracts and management contracts.

Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include salaries, wages, benefits, payroll taxes, insurance, travel and office related expenses for our headquarters, field offices, supervisory employees, and board of directors.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation is determined using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various asset classes or in the case of leasehold improvements, over the initial term of the operating lease or its useful life, whichever is shorter. Intangible assets determined to have finite lives are amortized over their estimated remaining useful life.

Segments

The chief operating decision maker does not evaluate segments using discrete asset information. The business is managed based on regions administered by executive vice presidents. Effective January 1, 2015, we began certain organizational and executive leadership changes to align with how our CODM reviews performance and makes decisions in managing the Company and therefore, changed internal operating segment information reported to the CODM. The operating segments are internally reported as Region One (North), Region Two (South), Region Three (New York Metropolitan tri-state area of New York, New Jersey and Connecticut), Region Four (Airport transportation operations nationwide), and Region Five (other operating units of USA Parking and event planning and transportation services). The following includes the internal reporting as of December 31, 2015 for which all periods presented have been restated to reflect the new internal reporting to the CODM.


•	Region One encompasses operations in Delaware, District of Columbia, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Northern California, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, Wisconsin and the three Canadian provinces of Alberta, Ontario, and Quebec.


•	Region Two encompasses operations in Alabama, Arizona, Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Kansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Carolina, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Southern California, Tennessee, Texas, Utah and Puerto Rico.


•	Region Three encompasses operations in the New York Metropolitan tri-state area New York, New Jersey and Connecticut.


•	Region Four encompasses all major airport and transportation operations nationwide.


•	Region Five encompasses other reporting units of USA Parking and event planning and transportation services.


•	Other consists of ancillary revenue that is not specifically identifiable to a region and insurance reserve adjustments related to prior years.

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

The following tables are a summary of revenues (excluding reimbursed management contract revenue), cost of parking services (excluding reimbursed management contract expense) and gross profit by regions for the comparable years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 .

Segment revenue information is summarized as follows:



	Year Ended December 31,
	Region One				Region Two				Region Three				Region Four				Region Five				Other				Total				Variance
(millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014		2015		2014		2015		2014		2015		2014		2015		2014		2015		2014		Amount			%
Lease contract revenue
New location	$	8.7	$	3.3	$	8.3	$	2.1	$	3.1	$	1.5	$	81.8	$	4.5	$	0.4	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	102.3	$	11.4	$	90.9		797.4	%
Contract expirations	2.8		16.0		6.1		14.1		2.3		13.1		2.4		5.0		0.2		0.2		—		—		13.8		48.4		(34.6		)	-71.5	%
Same location	188.7		185.2		106.9		98.2		103.3		103.1		39.6		39.0		2.0		2.3		—		1.7		440.5		429.5		11.0			2.6	%
Conversions	7.9		1.5		4.4		5.6		0.2		—		—		—		1.8		0.2		—		—		14.3		7.3		7.0			95.9	%
Total lease contract revenue	$	208.1	$	206.0	$	125.7	$	120.0	$	108.9	$	117.7	$	123.8	$	48.5	$	4.4	$	2.7	$	—	$	1.7	$	570.9	$	496.6	$	74.3		15.0	%
Management contract revenue
New location	$	12.2	$	2.5	$	13.5	$	4.3	$	4.3	$	2.2	$	2.7	$	0.8	$	7.1	$	1.4	$	—	$	—	$	39.8	$	11.2	$	28.6		255.4	%
Contract expirations	3.7		14.2		8.3		22.0		1.7		3.6		13.4		18.1		6.2		5.8		—		—		33.3		63.7		(30.4		)	-47.7	%
Same location	68.7		67.1		57.7		56.9		21.8		19.9		84.5		84.4		30.3		22.5		13.9		12.2		276.9		263.0		13.9			5.3	%
Conversions	0.1		0.2		0.1		—		—		0.1		—		—		0.1		0.1		—		—		0.3		0.4		(0.1		)	-19.4	%
Total management contract revenue	$	84.7	$	84.0	$	79.6	$	83.2	$	27.8	$	25.8	$	100.6	$	103.3	$	43.7	$	29.8	$	13.9	$	12.2	$	350.3	$	338.3	$	12.0		3.6	%

Parking services revenue—lease contract

Lease contract revenue increased $74.3 million , or 15.0% , to $570.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to $496.6 million for the year-ago period. The increase resulted primarily from increases in revenue from new locations, locations that converted from management contracts, and same location revenue during the current year, partially offset by decreases in revenue from contract expirations. The increase in same location revenue of 11.0 million, or 2.6%, was primarily due to increases in short-term parking revenue and monthly parking revenue.

From a reporting segment perspective, lease contract revenue increased primarily due to new locations in all five operating regions, same locations in regions one, two, three and four, and conversions in region one. This was partially offset by decreases in revenue from contract expirations in regions one, two, three and four, same locations in region five and other. Same location revenue increases for the aforementioned regions were primarily due to increases in short-term parking revenue and monthly parking revenue. The other region amounts in same location represent revenues not specifically identifiable to a region.

Revenue associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period.

Parking services revenue—management contract

Management contract revenue increased $12.0 million , or 3.6% , to $350.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to $338.3 million for the year-ago period. The increase resulted primarily from increases in revenue from new locations and same locations, partially offset by decreases in revenue from contract expirations and locations that converted from lease contracts during the year. Same location revenue increased by $13.9 million and 5.3%, primarily due to an increase in fees from ancillary services.

From a reporting segment perspective, the increase resulted primarily from increases in revenue from new locations in all five operating regions, contract expirations in region five, same locations in all five operating regions and other, and locations that converted from lease contracts in region two. Decreases in revenue from contract expirations in regions one, two, three and four, and locations that converted from lease contracts in regions one and three, partially offset the total increase in management contract revenue. The other region amounts in same location represent revenues not specifically identifiable to a region.

Revenue associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period.

Reimbursed management contract revenue

Reimbursed management contract revenue increased $14.9 million, or 2.2% , to $694.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to $679.8 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted primarily from an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

Table of Contents

Segment cost of parking services information is summarized as follows:



	Year Ended December 31,
	Region One				Region Two				Region Three				Region Four				Region Five				Other				Total				Variance
(millions)	2015		2014		2015		2014		2015		2014		2015		2014		2015		2014		2015		2014		2015		2014		Amount			%
Cost of parking services lease contracts:
New location	$	7.4	$	2.8	$	7.1	$	1.8	$	2.9	$	1.4	$	79.2	$	4.0	$	0.4	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	97.0	$	10.0	$	87.0		870.0	%
Contract expirations	2.3		10.9		5.1		12.0		2.1		11.7		2.3		4.9		0.3		0.3		—		—		12.1		39.8		(27.7		)	-69.6	%
Same location	178.5		174.5		88.9		81.6		101.5		100.0		36.8		35.9		1.8		2.1		3.5		1.5		411.0		395.6		15.4			3.9	%
Conversions	7.5		5.5		3.5		4.7		0.1		—		—		—		1.6		0.1		—		—		12.7		10.3		2.4			23.3	%
Total cost of parking services lease contracts	$	195.7	$	193.7	$	104.6	$	100.1	$	106.6	$	113.1	$	118.3	$	44.8	$	4.1	$	2.5	$	3.5	$	1.5	$	532.8	$	455.7	$	77.1		16.9	%
Cost of parking services management contracts:
New location	$	8.6	$	1.7	$	9.2	$	2.7	$	3.0	$	1.9	$	1.8	$	0.5	$	5.3	$	0.8	$	—	$	—	$	27.9	$	7.6	$	20.3		267.1	%
Contract expirations	2.4		9.8		6.4		15.0		1.3		1.9		13.7		17.1		5.5		4.1		—		—		29.3		47.9		(18.6		)	-38.8	%
Same location	35.6		36.5		31.1		29.7		9.3		7.7		60.6		59.4		21.4		13.0		2.9		6.0		160.9		152.3		8.6			5.6	%
Conversions	—		—		0.1		—		—		—		—		—		0.1		0.1		—		—		0.2		0.1		0.1			100.0	%
Total cost of parking services management contracts	$	46.6	$	48.0	$	46.8	$	47.4	$	13.6	$	11.5	$	76.1	$	77.0	$	32.3	$	18.0	$	2.9	$	6.0	$	218.3	$	207.9	$	10.4		5.0	%

Cost of parking services—lease contracts

Cost of parking services for lease contracts increased $77.1 million, or 16.9% , to $532.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to $455.7 million for the year-ago period. The increase resulted primarily from increases in costs from new locations, same locations and locations that converted from management contracts during the year, which was partially offset by a decrease in costs from contract expirations. Same location costs increased $15.4 million or 3.9%, primarily due to higher rent expense as a result of higher revenues for same locations, an increase in health and benefit costs and higher structural repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger.

From a reporting segment perspective, cost of parking services for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations in all five operating regions and other, same locations in regions one, two, three, four and other, and locations that converted from management contracts in regions one, three and five, this was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations in regions one, two, three, and four, same locations in region five, and locations that converted from management contracts in region two. The other region amounts represent structure repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger and other costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

Cost of parking services associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

Cost of parking services—management contracts

Cost of parking services for management contracts increased $10.4 million, or 5.0% , to $218.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to $207.9 million for the year-ago period. The increase resulted primarily from increases in costs from new locations, same locations and locations that converted from lease contracts during the year, which was partially offset by decrease in cost from contract expirations. Same location costs increased $8.6 million or 5.6% primarily due to increased revenues from ancillary services, partially offset by decreased costs relating to certain unallocated insurance reserve adjustments.

From a reporting segment perspective, cost of parking services for management contracts increased due to new locations in all five operating regions, same locations in regions two, three, four and five, and locations that converted from lease contracts in regions two, and contract expirations in region five. Decreases in contract expirations in regions one, two, three, and four, and same locations in region one and other, partially offset the total increase in the cost of parking services for management contracts. The other region amounts represent prior year insurance reserve adjustments and other costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

Cost of parking services associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

Reimbursed management contract expense

Reimbursed management contract expense increased $14.9 million, or 2.2% , to $694.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to $679.8 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted primarily from an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

Table of Contents

Segment gross profit/gross profit percentage information is summarized as follows:



	Year Ended December 31,
	Region One						Region Two						Region Three						Region Four						Region Five						Other						Total						Variance
(millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014			2015			2014			2015			2014			2015			2014			2015			2014			2015			2014			Amount			%
Gross profit lease contracts:
New location	$	1.3		$	0.5		$	1.2		$	0.3		$	0.2		$	0.1		$	2.6		$	0.5		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	5.3		$	1.4		$	3.9		269.0	%
Contract expirations	0.5			5.1			1.0			2.1			0.2			1.4			0.1			0.1			(0.1		)	(0.1		)	—			—			1.7			8.6			(6.9		)	-80.2	%
Same location	10.2			10.7			18.0			16.6			1.8			3.1			2.8			3.1			0.2			0.2			(3.5		)	0.2			29.5			33.9			(4.4		)	-13.0	%
Conversions	0.4			(4.0		)	0.9			0.9			0.1			—			—			—			0.2			0.1			—			—			1.6			(3.0		)	4.6			-153.4	%
Total gross profit lease contracts	$	12.4		$	12.3		$	21.1		$	19.9		$	2.3		$	4.6		$	5.5		$	3.7		$	0.3		$	0.2		$	(3.5	)	$	0.2		$	38.1		$	40.9		$	(2.8	)	-6.9	%
	(Percentages)
Gross profit percentage lease contracts:
New location	14.9		%	15.2		%	14.5		%	14.3		%	6.5		%	6.7		%	3.2		%	11.1		%	—		%	100.0		%	—		%	—		%	5.2		%	12.6		%
Contract expirations	17.9		%	31.9		%	16.4		%	14.9		%	8.7		%	10.7		%	4.2		%	2.0		%	(50.0		)%	(50.0		)%	—		%	—		%	12.3		%	17.8		%
Same location	5.4		%	5.8		%	16.8		%	16.9		%	1.7		%	3.0		%	7.1		%	7.9		%	10.0		%	8.7		%	—		%	11.8		%	6.7		%	7.9		%
Conversions	5.1		%	(266.7		)%	20.5		%	16.1		%	50.0		%	100.0		%	—		%	—		%	11.1		%	50.0		%	—		%	—		%	11.2		%	(41.1		)%
Total gross profit percentage	6.0		%	6.0		%	16.8		%	16.6		%	2.1		%	3.9		%	4.4		%	7.6		%	6.8		%	8.6		%	—		%	11.8		%	6.7		%	8.2		%
Gross profit management contracts:
New location	$	3.6		$	0.8		$	4.3		$	1.6		$	1.3		$	0.3		$	0.9		$	0.3		$	1.8		$	0.6		$	—		$	—		$	11.9		$	3.6		$	8.3		230.6	%
Contract expirations	1.3			4.4			1.9			7.0			0.4			1.7			(0.3		)	1.0			0.7			1.7			—			—			4.0			15.8			(11.8		)	-74.7	%
Same location	33.1			30.6			26.6			27.2			12.5			12.2			23.9			25.0			8.9			9.5			11.0			6.2			116.0			110.7			5.3			4.8	%
Conversions	0.1			0.2			—			—			—			0.1			—			—			—			—			—			—			0.1			0.3			(0.2		)	-66.7	%
Total gross profit management contracts	$	38.1		$	36.0		$	32.8		$	35.8		$	14.2		$	14.3		$	24.5		$	26.3		$	11.4		$	11.8		$	11.0		$	6.2		$	132.0		$	130.4		$	1.6		1.2	%
	(Percentages)
Gross profit percentage management contracts:
New location	29.5		%	32.0		%	31.9		%	37.2		%	30.2		%	13.6		%	33.3		%	37.5		%	25.4		%	42.9		%	—		%	—		%	29.9		%	32.1		%
Contract expirations	35.1		%	31.0		%	22.9		%	31.8		%	23.5		%	47.2		%	-2.2		%	5.5		%	11.3		%	29.3		%	—		%	—		%	12.0		%	24.8		%
Same location	48.2		%	45.6		%	46.1		%	47.8		%	57.3		%	61.3		%	28.3		%	29.6		%	29.4		%	42.2		%	79		%	50.8		%	41.9		%	42.1		%
Conversions	100.0		%	100.0		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	100.0		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	33.3		%	73.1		%
Total gross profit percentage	45.0		%	42.9		%	41.2		%	43.0		%	51.1		%	55.4		%	24.4		%	25.5		%	26.1		%	39.6		%	79		%	50.8		%	37.7		%	38.5		%

Gross profit—lease contracts

Gross profit for lease contracts decreased $2.8 million, or 6.9% , to $38.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to $40.9 million for year-ago period. Gross profit percentage for lease contracts was 6.7% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 8.2% for the year-ago period. Gross profit lease contracts decreases were the result of contract expirations and same locations, partially offset by increases from same new locations and locations that converted from management contracts during the year. Gross profit for lease contracts on same locations decreased primarily due to an increase in operating costs, driven by an increase in health and benefit costs and an increase in structural repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger, partially offset by an increase in revenue.

From a reporting segment perspective, gross profit for lease contracts decreased primarily due to contract expirations in regions one, two and three, same locations in regions one, three, four and other, partially offset by increases in new locations from regions one, two, three and four, same locations in region two, and locations that converted from management contracts in regions one, three and five.

Gross profit associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

Gross profit—management contracts

Gross profit for management contracts increased $1.6 million, or 1.2% , to $132.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to $130.4 million in for the year-ago period. Gross profit percentage for management contracts decreased to 37.7% for the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to 38.5% for the year-ago period. Gross profit for management contracts increases were primarily the result of new locations and same locations, partially offset by decreases in contract expirations and locations that converted from lease contracts during the year. Gross profit management contracts increased on same locations primarily as the result of increased revenues, partially offset by increased costs primarily related to ancillary services.

Table of Contents

From a reporting segment perspective, gross profit for management contracts increased primarily due new locations in all five operating regions, same locations in regions one, three and other. Total increases in gross profit were partially offset by decreases in contract expirations in all five operating regions, same locations in regions two, four and five, and locations that converted from lease contracts in regions one and three.

Gross profit associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses decreased $4.2 million, or 4.1%, to $97.3 million for year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to $101.5 million for the year-ago period. The decrease in General and administrative expenses primarily related to a decrease in compensation and benefit costs, merger and integration costs, including severance and benefit expenses, and overall better expense control, partially offset by increases in expected pay-out under our performance based compensation and long-term incentive compensation programs and a $1.6 million charge related to our dispute with Central's former stockholders over Net Debt Working Capital indemnity claims.

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased $5.1 million, or 28.7%, to $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , as compared to $17.8 million in the year-ago period. This decrease resulted primarily from a decrease in average borrowing rates and reductions in borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility and Amended and Restated Credit Facility.

Interest income

Interest income decreased by $0.2 million, or 50.0%, to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , as compared to $0.4 million in the year-ago period.

Gain on sale of a business

During the third quarter 2015, we recognized a $0.5 million gain on the sale of a portion of our security business primarily operating in the Southern California market.

Equity in losses from investment in unconsolidated entity

Equity in losses from investment in unconsolidated entity relates to our investment in the joint venture with Parkmobile accounted for under the equity method of accounting and our share of equity earnings in the Parkmobile joint venture. Equity in losses from investment in unconsolidated entity was $1.7 million for the the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Income tax expense

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recognized income tax expense of $4.8 million on pre-tax earnings of $25.1 million compared to a $0.2 million income tax benefit on pre-tax earnings of $25.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Our effective tax rate was 19.1% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a benefit of 0.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014. The $5.0 million increase in income tax expense was primarily due to a decrease in valuation allowance reversals recognized for historical net operating losses for the year ended December 31, 2014, when compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, unfavorable adjustments to deferred taxes for the year ended December 31, 2015, when compared to favorable adjustments to deferred taxes for the year ended December 31, 2014, partially offset by a deferred tax liability established in 2014 relating to our equity investment in an unconsolidated entity.

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

Segment revenue information is summarized as follows:



	Year Ended December 31,
	Region One				Region Two				Region Three				Region Four					Region Five				Other					Total				Variance
(millions)	2014		2013		2014		2013		2014		2013		2014			2013		2014		2013		2014		2013			2014		2013		Amount			%
Lease contract revenue:
New location	$	15.4	$	2.3	$	7.2	$	1.4	$	2.9	$	—	$	2.5		$	0.7	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	28.0	$	4.4	$	23.6		536.4	%
Contract expirations	1.6		3.5		2.6		9.9		6.4		10.4		—			3.2		—		—		—		—			10.6		27.0		(16.4		)	-60.7	%
Same location	187.5		189.9		109.7		112.0		108.4		110.2		41.5			39.8		2.7		2.6		1.7		(0.4		)	451.5		454.2		(2.7		)	-0.6	%
Conversions	1.5		3.4		0.5		0.6		—		—		4.5			—		—		—		—		—			6.5		4.0		2.5			62.5	%
Total lease contract revenue	$	206.0	$	199.1	$	120.0	$	123.9	$	117.7	$	120.6	$	48.5		$	43.7	$	2.7	$	2.6	$	1.7	$	(0.4	)	$	496.6	$	489.6	$	7.0		1.4	%
Management contract revenue:
New location	$	11.7	$	3.4	$	13.4	$	2.9	$	4.7	$	0.9	$	5.3		$	0.9	$	5.2	$	0.7	$	—	$	—		$	40.3	$	8.8	$	31.5		358.0	%
Contract expirations	3.4		23.3		3.9		12.5		1.0		2.3		(0.2		)	19.9		0.3		0.8		—		—			8.5		58.8		(50.3		)	-85.5	%
Same location	68.3		68.1		65.8		71.4		20.1		20.2		98.0			75.8		24.3		32.2		12.2		11.3			288.6		279.0		9.6			3.4	%
Conversions	0.6		0.5		0.1		0.2		—		—		0.2			—		—		—		—		—			0.9		0.7		0.2			28.6	%
Total management contract revenue	$	84.0	$	95.3	$	83.2	$	87.0	$	25.8	$	23.4	$	103.3		$	96.6	$	29.8	$	33.7	$	12.2	$	11.3		$	338.3	$	347.3	$	(9.0	)	-2.6	%

Parking services revenue—lease contracts

Lease contract revenue increased $7.0 million, or 1.4% , to $496.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to $489.6 million for the year-ago period. The increase resulted primarily from increases in revenue from new locations and locations that converted from management contracts during the current year, partially offset by decreases in revenue from contract expirations and same location revenue. The decrease in same location revenue of $2.7 million, or 0.6% , was primarily due to decreases in short-term parking revenue and monthly parking revenue.

From a reporting segment perspective, lease contract revenue increased primarily due to new locations in regions one, two, three and four, same locations in regions four, five and other and conversions in region four. This was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations in regions one, two, three and four, same location revenue in regions one, two and three and conversions in regions one and two. Same location revenue decreases for the aforementioned regions were primarily due to decreases in short-term parking revenue and monthly parking revenue. The other region amounts in same location represent revenues not specifically identifiable to a region.

Revenue associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

Parking services revenue—management contracts

Management contract revenue decreased $9.0 million, or 2.6% , to $338.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to $347.3 million for the year-ago period. The decrease resulted primarily from decreases in contract expirations, which was partially offset by the increases in new location and same location revenues.

From a reporting segment perspective, management contract revenue decreased primarily due contract expirations in all five regions, same location revenues in regions two and five, partially offset by increases in management contract revenue for new locations in all five operating regions, and same locations in regions one, four and other.

Revenue associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

Reimbursed management contract revenue

Reimbursed management contract revenue increased $49.9 million, or 7.9%, to $679.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to $629.9 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted primarily from an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

Table of Contents

Segment cost of parking services information is summarized as follows:



	Year Ended December 31,
	Region One				Region Two				Region Three				Region Four				Region Five				Other						Total				Variance
(millions)	2014		2013		2014		2013		2014		2013		2014		2013		2014		2013		2014			2013			2014		2013		Amount			%
Cost of parking services lease contracts:
New location	$	13.2	$	1.6	$	6.4	$	1.3	$	2.8	$	—	$	2.3	$	0.6	$	—	$	—	$	(0.1	)	$	—		$	24.6	$	3.5	$	21.1		602.9	%
Contract expirations	1.7		6.1		2.1		8.4		4.8		8.3		—		2.7		—		—		—			—			8.6		25.5		(16.9		)	-66.3	%
Same location	177.4		177.8		91.3		94.9		105.5		112.4		38.5		37.2		2.5		2.6		1.6			(1.3		)	416.8		423.6		(6.7		)	-1.6	%
Conversions	1.4		3.0		0.3		0.5		—		—		4.0		—		—		—		—			—			5.7		3.5		2.2			62.9	%
Total cost of parking services lease contracts	$	193.7	$	188.5	$	100.1	$	105.1	$	113.1	$	120.7	$	44.8	$	40.5	$	2.5	$	2.6	$	1.5		$	(1.3	)	$	455.7	$	456.1	$	(0.4	)	-0.1	%
Cost of parking services management contracts:
New location	$	7.6	$	1.8	$	7.5	$	2.0	$	3.1	$	0.5	$	4.0	$	0.8	$	3.4	$	0.5	$	1.5		$	—		$	27.1	$	5.6	$	21.5		383.9	%
Contract expirations	2.5		12.7		2.3		6.7		0.4		0.7		0.1		19.6		0.1		0.4		—			—			5.4		40.1		(34.7		)	-86.5	%
Same location	37.8		37.9		37.5		39.5		8.0		9.6		71.1		50.3		14.5		21.5		4.5			2.8			173.5		161.6		11.9			7.4	%
Conversions	0.1		0.1		0.1		—		—		—		1.7		1.4		—		—		—			—			1.9		1.5		0.4			26.7	%
Total cost of parking services management contracts	$	48.0	$	52.5	$	47.4	$	48.2	$	11.5	$	10.8	$	76.9	$	72.1	$	18.0	$	22.4	$	6.0		$	2.8		$	207.9	$	208.8	$	(0.9	)	-0.4	%

Cost of parking services—lease contracts

Cost of parking services for lease contracts decreased $0.4 million, or 0.1% , to $455.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to $456.1 million for the year-ago period. The decrease resulted primarily from decreases in costs from contract expirations and same locations, which was partially offset by increases in costs from new locations and locations that converted from management contracts during the current year. Same location costs decreased $6.7 million, or 1.6%, primarily due to lower operating expenses and lower rent expense, primarily as a result of contingent rental payments on the decrease in revenue for same locations, partially offset by structural repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger.

From a reporting segment perspective, cost of parking services for lease contracts decreased primarily due to contract expirations in regions one, two, three and four, same locations in regions one, two, three and five and conversions in regions one and two, partially offset by, increases in cost of parking services for lease contracts in new locations in regions one, two, three and four, same locations in region four and converted locations in region four. Same location cost decreased primarily due to a reduction on contingent rental payments on the decrease in revenue and reduced other operating costs, partially offset by structural repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger and other costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

Cost of parking services associated with contract expirations relates to contacts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

Cost of parking services—management contracts

Cost of parking services for management contracts decreased $0.9 million, or 0.4% , to $207.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to $208.8 million for the year-ago period. The decrease resulted from decreases in costs related to contract expirations, partially offset by, increases in new locations, same locations and locations that converted from management to lease contracts during the year.

From a reporting segment perspective, cost of parking services for management contracts decreased due to contract expirations in all five regions, same locations in regions one, two, three and five, partially offset by, increases in new location costs in all five regions and other, same location costs in region four and locations that converted from management to lease contracts in region four. Same location cost increases primarily resulted from increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and in the cost of providing management services. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent certain unallocated insurance reserve adjustments and costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

Cost of parking services associated with contract expirations relates to contacts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

Table of Contents

Reimbursed management contract expense

Reimbursed management contract expense increased $49.9 million, or 7.9%, to $679.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to $629.9 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted from an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

Segment gross profit/gross profit percentage information is summarized as follows:



	Year Ended December 31,
	Region One						Region Two						Region Three						Region Four						Region Five						Other						Total						Variance
(millions)	2014			2013			2014			2013			2014			2013			2014			2013			2014			2013			2014			2013			2014			2013			Amount			%
Gross profit lease contracts:
New location	$	2.2		$	0.7		$	0.8		$	0.1		$	0.1		$	—		$	0.2		$	0.1		$	—		$	—		$	0.1		$	—		$	3.4		$	0.9		$	2.5		277.8	%
Contract expirations	(0.1		)	(2.6		)	0.5			1.5			1.6			2.1			—			0.5			—			—			—			—			2.0			1.5			0.5			33.3	%
Same location	10.1			12.1			18.4			17.1			2.9			(2.2		)	3.0			2.6			0.2			0.1			0.1			0.9			34.7			30.6			4.1			13.4	%
Conversions	0.1			0.4			0.2			0.1			—			—			0.5			—			—			—			—			—			0.8			0.5			0.3			60.0	%
Total gross profit lease contracts	$	12.3		$	10.6		$	19.9		$	18.8		$	4.6		$	(0.1	)	$	3.7		$	3.2		$	0.2		$	0.1		$	0.2		$	0.9		$	40.9		$	33.5		$	7.4		22.1	%
	(Percentages)
Gross profit percentage lease contracts:
New location	14.3		%	30.4		%	11.1		%	7.1		%	3.4		%	—		%	8.0		%	14.3		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	12.1		%	20.5		%
Contract expirations	-6.2		%	-74.3		%	19.2		%	15.2		%	25.0		%	20.2		%	—		%	15.6		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	18.9		%	5.6		%
Same location	5.4		%	6.4		%	16.8		%	15.3		%	2.7		%	-2.0		%	7.2		%	6.5		%	7.4		%	3.7		%	5.9		%	-225.0		%	7.7		%	6.7		%
Conversions	6.7		%	11.8		%	40.0		%	16.7		%	—		%	—		%	11.1		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	12.3		%	12.5		%
Total gross profit percentage	6.0		%	5.3		%	16.6		%	15.2		%	3.9		%	-0.1		%	7.6		%	7.3		%	7.4		%	3.7		%	11.8		%	-225.0		%	8.2		%	6.8		%
Gross profit management contracts:
New location	$	4.1		$	1.6		$	5.9		$	0.9		$	1.6		$	0.4		$	1.3		$	0.1		$	1.8		$	0.2		$	(1.5	)	$	—		$	13.2		$	3.2		$	10.0		312.5	%
Contract expirations	0.9			10.6			1.6			5.8			0.6			1.6			(0.3		)	0.3			0.2			0.4			—			—			3.1			18.7			(15.6		)	-83.4	%
Same location	30.5			30.2			28.3			31.9			12.1			10.6			26.9			25.5			9.8			10.7			7.7			8.5			115.1			117.4			(2.3		)	-2.0	%
Conversions	0.5			0.4			—			0.2			—			—			(1.5		)	(1.4		)	—			—			—			—			(1.0		)	(0.8		)	(0.2		)	25.0	%
Total gross profit management contracts	$	36.0		$	42.8		$	35.8		$	38.8		$	14.3		$	12.6		$	26.4		$	24.5		$	11.8		$	11.3		$	6.2		$	8.5		$	130.4		$	138.5		$	(8.1	)	-5.8	%
	(Percentages)
Gross profit percentage management contracts:
New location	35.0		%	47.1		%	44.0		%	31.0		%	34.0		%	44.4		%	24.5		%	11.1		%	34.6		%	28.6		%	—		%	—		%	32.8		%	36.4		%
Contract expirations	26.5		%	45.5		%	41.0		%	46.4		%	60.0		%	69.6		%	150.0		%	1.5		%	66.7		%	50.0		%	—		%	—		%	36.5		%	31.8		%
Same location	44.7		%	44.3		%	43.0		%	44.7		%	60.2		%	52.5		%	27.4		%	33.6		%	40.3		%	33.2		%	63.1		%	75.2		%	39.9		%	42.1		%
Conversions	83.3		%	80.0		%	—			100.0		%	—			—			-750.0		%	—			—			—			—			—			-111.1		%	-114.3		%
Total gross profit percentage	42.9		%	44.9		%	43.0		%	44.6		%	55.4		%	53.8		%	25.6		%	25.4		%	39.6		%	33.5		%	50.8		%	75.2		%	38.5		%	39.9		%

Gross profit—lease contracts

Gross profit for lease contracts increased $7.4 million, or 22.1% , to $40.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to $33.5 million for year-ago period. Gross profit percentage for lease contracts was 8.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 6.8% for the year ago-period. Gross profit lease contracts increases were the result of new locations, contract expirations, same locations and locations that converted from management contracts during the current year. Gross profit for lease contracts on same locations increased primarily due to decreased operating expenses and lower rent expense, primarily as a result of contingent rental payments in an amount that exceeded the decrease in revenue in short-term and monthly parking revenue, partially offset by structural repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger.

Table of Contents

From a reporting segment perspective, gross profit for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations in regions one, two, three, four and other, same locations in regions two, three, four, five and other, partially offset by decreases in gross profit for lease contracts in contract expirations on regions one, two, three and four. Gross profit increased for lease contracts on same locations primarily due to deceased operating expenses and lower rent expense, primarily as a result of contingent rental payments in an amount that exceeded the decrease in revenue in short-term and monthly parking revenue, partially offset by structural repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger.

Gross profit associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

Gross profit—management contracts

Gross profit for management contracts decreased $8.1 million or 5.8% , to $130.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to $138.5 million in for the year-ago period. Gross profit percentage for management contracts was 38.5% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 39.9% for the year-ago period. Gross profit for management contracts decreases were primarily the result of contract expirations, same locations and locations that converted from lease contracts during the current year, partially offset by an increase in new locations. Gross profit management contracts decreases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services.

From a reporting segment perspective, gross profit for management contracts decreased primarily due to contract expirations in all five regions, new locations in other region, same locations in regions two, five and other, and locations that converted from lease locations in region two, partially offset by increases in new locations in all five regions, same locations in regions one, three and four and conversions in region one. Gross profit for management contracts decreased on some locations primarily as the result of increased costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services.

Gross profit associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $2.6 million, or 2.6%, to $101.5 million for year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to $98.9 million for the year-ago period. The increase in general and administrative expenses primarily related to increased compensation and benefit cost, including increased cost due to an actuarial update to the mortality tables supporting certain of our deferred compensation arrangements with certain executives, partially offset by decreased merger and integration related costs.

Equity in losses from investment in unconsolidated entity

Equity in losses from investment in unconsolidated entity relates to our investment in the joint venture with Parkmobile accounted for under the equity method of accounting and our share of equity earnings in the Parkmobile joint venture. Equity in losses form investment in unconsolidated entity was $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. There were no comparable losses or gains for equity in losses from investment in unconsolidated entity during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased $1.2 million, or 6.4%, to $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , as compared to $19.0 million in the year-ago period. This decrease resulted primarily from a decrease in average borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility.

Interest income

Interest income decreased by $0.2 million, or 33.3%, to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , as compared to $0.6 million in the year-ago period.

Income tax expense

For the year ended December 31, 2014 , we recognized income tax benefit of $0.2 million on pre-tax earnings of $25.9 million compared to an $8.8 million income tax expense on pre-tax earnings of $23.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 . Our effective tax rate was a benefit of 0.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 37.4% for the year ended December 31, 2013. Our effective tax rate decreased to a benefit of 0.8% as of December 31, 2014 compared to 37.4% as of December 31, 2013 due to the reversal of valuation allowances for deferred tax assets established for historical net operating losses. The valuation allowances were reversed due to changes in New York tax laws in the first quarter of 2014 and an entity restructuring undertaken in the fourth quarter of 2014, which resulted in our determining that the future benefits of the net operating loss/carryforwards were more likely than not to be realized.

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

We continually project anticipated cash requirements for our operating, investing, and financing needs as well as cash flows generated from operating activities available to meet these needs. Our operating needs can include, among other items, commitments for cost of parking services, operating leases, payroll payments, insurance claims payments, interest payments, leases acquired in the Central Merger, which include provisions allocating to us responsibility for all structural repair payments required on the property (see also "Lease commitments" below for additional discussion on certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger), and legal settlements. Our investing and financing spending can include payments for acquired businesses, joint ventures, capital expenditures, cost of contracts purchased, commitments for capital leases, distributions to noncontrolling interests, payments on our outstanding indebtedness and to a much lesser extent, cash from sales of non-core assets.

Outstanding Indebtedness

On December 31, 2015 , we had total indebtedness of approximately $225.1 million , a decrease of $25.7 million from December 31, 2014 . The $225.1 million includes:


•	$223.1 million under our Restated Credit Facility (as defined below); and


•	$2.0 million of other debt including capital lease obligations, obligations on seller notes and other indebtedness.

Senior Credit Facility

On October 2, 2012, the Company entered into a credit agreement ("Credit Agreement") with Bank of America, N.A. ("Bank of America"), as administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. ("Wells Fargo Bank") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-syndication agents, U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-documentation agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, and the lenders party thereto.

Pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Credit Agreement, the Lenders made available to us a secured Senior Credit Facility (the "Senior Credit Facility") that permits aggregate borrowings of $450.0 million consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility of up to $200.0 million at any time outstanding, which included a letter of credit facility that is limited to $100.0 million at any time outstanding, and (ii) a term loan facility of $250.0 million. The Senior Credit Facility was due to mature on October 2, 2017.

Amended and Restated Credit Facility

On February 20, 2015 ("Restatement Date"), we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the "Restated Credit Agreement") with Bank of America, N.A. ("Bank of America"), as administrative agent, an issuing lender and swing-line lender; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as an issuing lender and syndication agent; U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and BMO Harris Bank N.A., as co-documentation agents; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers; and the lenders party thereto (the "Lenders"). The Restated Credit Agreement reflects modifications to, and an extension of, the Credit Agreement, as described above.

Pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Restated Credit Agreement, the Lenders have made available to the Company a senior secured credit facility (the "Restated Credit Facility") that permits aggregate borrowings of $400.0 million consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility of up to $200.0 million at any time outstanding, which includes a $100.0 million sublimit for letters of credit and a $20.0 million sublimit for swing-line loans, and (ii) a term loan facility of $200.0 million (reduced from $250.0 million). The Company may request increases of the revolving credit facility in an aggregate additional principal amount of $100.0 million. The Restated Credit Facility matures on February 20, 2020.

The entire amount of the term loan portion of the Restated Credit Facility had been drawn by the Company as of the Restatement Date (including approximately $10.4 million drawn on such date) and is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization of principal as follows: (i) $15.0 million in the first year, (ii) $15.0 million in the second year, (iii) $20.0 million in the third year, (iv) $20.0 million in the fourth year, (v) $20.0 million in the fifth year and (vi) $110.0 million in the sixth year. The Company also had outstanding borrowings of $147.3 million (including $53.4 million in letters of credit) under the revolving credit facility as of the Restatement Date.

Borrowings under the Restated Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company's option, (i) at a rate per annum based on the Company's consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio for the 12-month period ending as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, determined in accordance with the pricing levels set forth in the Restated Credit Agreement (the "Restatement Applicable Margin"), plus LIBOR or (ii) the Restatement Applicable Margin plus the highest of (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (y) the Bank of America prime rate and (z) a daily rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.0%. (the highest of (x), (y) and (z), the "Base Rate"), except that all swing-line loans will bear interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

Under the terms of the Restated Credit Agreement, the Company is required to maintain a maximum consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio of not greater than 4.0 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending during the period from the Restatement Date through September 30, 2015, (ii) 3.75 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending during the period from October 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016, and (iii) 3.5 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending thereafter. In addition, the Company is required to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1:25:1.0.

Table of Contents

Events of default under the Restated Credit Agreement include failure to pay principal or interest when due, failure to comply with the financial and operational covenants, the occurrence of any cross default event, non-compliance with the other loan documents, the occurrence of a change of control event, and bankruptcy and other insolvency events. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the Lenders holding a majority of the commitments and outstanding term loan under the Restated Credit Agreement have the right, among others, to (i) terminate the commitments under the Restated Credit Agreement, (ii) accelerate and require the Company to repay all the outstanding amounts owed under the Restated Credit Agreement and (iii) require the Company to cash collateralize any outstanding letters of credit.

Each wholly owned domestic subsidiary of the Company (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Restated Credit Agreement) has guaranteed all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of the other guarantors and the Company arising under the Restated Credit Agreement. The Company's obligations under the Restated Credit Agreement and such domestic subsidiaries' guaranty obligations are secured by substantially all of their respective assets.

We believe that our cash flow from operations, combined with additional borrowing capacity under our Restated Credit Facility, will be sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before their respective maturities. We believe that we will be able to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms.

We were in compliance with all our covenants as of December 31, 2015 .

At December 31, 2015 , we had $105.3 million of borrowing availability under the Restated Credit Agreement, of which we could have borrowed $82.7 million on December 31, 2015 and remained in compliance with the above described covenants as of such date. The additional borrowing availability under the Restated Credit Agreement is limited only as of our fiscal quarter-end by the covenant restrictions described above. At December 31, 2015 , we had $52.4 million letters of credit outstanding under the Restated Credit Facility and borrowings against the Restated Credit Facility aggregated $227.3 million (excluding debt discount of $1.8 million and deferred financing costs of $2.4 million).

Interest Rate Swap Transactions

In October 2012, we entered into Interest Rate Swap transactions (collectively, the "Interest Rate Swaps") with each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. and PNC Bank, N.A. in an initial aggregate Notional Amount of $150.0 million (the "Notional Amount"). The Interest Rate Swaps have a termination date of September 30, 2017. The Interest Rate Swaps effectively fix the interest rate on an amount of variable interest rate borrowings under our credit agreements, originally equal to the Notional Amount at 0.7525% per annum plus the applicable margin rate for LIBOR loans under our credit agreements determined based upon our consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio. The Notional Amount is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization that coincides with quarterly prepayments of principal under our credit agreements. These Interest Rate Swaps are classified as cash flow hedges, and we calculate the effectiveness of the hedge on a monthly basis. The ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized in earnings as an increase of interest expense. As of December 31, 2015 , no ineffective portion of the cash flow has been recognized in earnings within interest expense. The fair value of the Interest Rate Swaps at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was a $0.2 million and $0.6 million asset, respectively, and included in the line item "Other assets, net" within the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

We do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes.

Stock Repurchases

Letters of Credit

We had provided letters of credit totaling $45.3 million and $46.8 million to our casualty insurance carriers to collateralize our casualty insurance program as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

We had provided $7.1 million and $8.1 million in letters of credit to collateralize other obligations as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

Deficiency Payments

Pursuant to our obligations with respect to the parking garage operations at Bradley International Airport, we are required to make certain deficiency payments for the benefit of the State of Connecticut and for holders of special facility revenue bonds. The deficiency payments represent contingent interest bearing advances to the trustee to cover operating cash flow requirements. As of December 31, 2015 , we had made $11.6 million of cumulative deficiency payments to the trustee, net of reimbursements. Deficiency payments made are recorded as increases to cost parking services and the reimbursements are recorded as reductions to cost of parking services. We believe these advances to be fully recoverable and will recognize the principal, interest and premium payments related to these deficiency payments when they are received. We do not directly guarantee the payment of any principal or interest on any debt obligations of the State of Connecticut or the trustee.

We received deficiency repayments (net of deficiency payments made) of $1.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to deficiency repayments (net of deficiency payments made) of $1.3 million made in the year ended December 31, 2014 . We received $0.4 million in interest and $0.2 million premium on deficiency repayments from the trustee in the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to $0.5 million in interest and $0.1 million premium on deficiency repayments from the trustee in the year ended December 31, 2014 .

Table of Contents

Lease Commitments

We have minimum lease commitments of $214.0 million for fiscal 2016 . The leased properties generate sufficient cash flow to meet the base rent payment.

Certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger include provisions allocating to us responsibility for the cost of certain structural and other repairs required to be made to the leased property, including improvement and repair costs arising as a result of ordinary wear and tear. During the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we recorded $4.6 million, $1.3 million and $nil, respectively, of costs (net of expected recoveries of the total cost recognized by the Company through the applicable indemnity discussed further in Note 2. Acquisition of our Consolidated Financial Statements) in Cost of parking services-Lease contracts within the Consolidated Statements of Income for structural and other repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger, whereby we have expensed repair costs for certain leases and engaged third-party general contractors to complete certain structural and other repair projects, and other indemnity related costs. We expect to incur additional costs for certain structural and other repair costs pursuant to the contractual requirements of certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger ("Structural and Repair Costs"). Based on information available at this time, we currently expect to incur additional Structural and Repair Costs of $1.5 million. While we are unable to estimate with certainty when such remaining costs will be incurred, it is expected that a substantial majority of these costs will be incurred in early- to mid-calendar year 2016. We currently expect to recover 80% of the Structural and Repair Costs incurred and related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger through the applicable indemnity discussed further in Note 2. Acquisition of our Consolidated Financial Statements .

Daily Cash Collections

As a result of day-to-day activity at our parking locations, we collect significant amounts of cash. Lease contract revenue is generally deposited into our local bank accounts, with a portion remitted to our clients in the form of rental payments according to the terms of the leases. Under management contracts, clients may require us to deposit the daily receipts into one of our local bank accounts, with the cash in excess of our operating expenses and management fees remitted to the clients at negotiated intervals, may require us to deposit the daily receipts into client designated bank accounts and the clients then reimburse us for operating expenses and pay our management fee subsequent to month-end or may require segregated bank accounts for the receipts and disbursements at locations. Our working capital and liquidity may be adversely affected if a significant number of our clients require us to deposit all parking revenues into their respective accounts.

Our liquidity also fluctuates on an intra-month and intra-year basis depending on the contract mix and timing of significant cash payments. Additionally, our ability to utilize cash deposited into our local accounts is dependent upon the availability and movement of that cash into our corporate accounts. For all these reasons, from time to time, we carry a significant cash balance, while also utilizing our senior credit facility.

Summary of Cash Flows



	Years ended December 31,
(millions)	2015			2014			2013
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	43.6		$	51.6		$	34.9
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(11.8	)	$	(14.9	)	$	(13.3	)
Net cash used in financing activities	$	(30.6	)	$	(41.5	)	$	(26.4	)

Operating activities

Our primary sources of funds are cash flows from operating activities and changes in operating assets and liabilities.

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $43.6 million million for 2015 , compared to $51.6 million for 2014 . Cash provided during 2015 included $49.9 million from operations, partially offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities that resulted in a use of $6.3 million. The net decrease in operating assets and liabilities resulted primarily from: (i) a net decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $17.9 million, which primarily resulted from the timing on payments to our clients as described under "Daily Cash Collections" and vendors and decreases in the amount of book overdrafts included in accounts payable, partially offset by (ii) a net decrease in notes and accounts receivable of $3.5 million due to timing of collections, and (iii) a net decrease in prepaid expenses and other of $8.1 million by managing the cash outlay for future expenses yet to be incurred.

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $51.6 million for 2014, compared to $34.9 million for 2013. Cash provided during 2014 included $45.6 million from operations and changes in operating assets and liabilities of $6.0 million. The net increase in operating assets and liabilities resulted primarily from: (i) a net decrease in notes and accounts receivables due to timing of collections, (ii) a net decrease in prepaid expenses and other of $2.1 million by managing cash outlay for future expenses yet to be incurred, (iii) a decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $1.5 million, which primarily resulted from the timing on payments to our clients as described under ‘‘Daily Cash Collections’’ and incurred expenses towards the later part of the year.

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $34.9 million for 2013. Cash provided during 2013 included $50.0 million from operations that was partially offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities that resulted in a use of $15.2 million. The net decrease in changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted primarily from: (i) a net increase in notes and accounts receivables and other assets of $6.9 million; (ii) a net decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $15.6 million, which primarily resulted from the timing on payments to our clients and new business that are under management contracts as described under ‘‘Daily Cash Collections’’ and a reduction in accrued merger and integration expenses related to the Central Merger; partially offset by (iii) a net decrease in prepaid assets of $7.4 million.

Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $11.8 million for 2015 , compared to $14.9 million in 2014 . Cash used in investing activities in 2015 , included capital expenditures of $9.6 million for capital investments needed to secure and/or extend leased facilities and investments in IT projects, cost of contract of contract purchased for $3.7 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of a business of $1.0 million, net, and sale of equipment and contract terminations of $0.5 million.

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $14.9 million for 2014, compared to $13.3 million in 2013. Cash used in investing activities in 2014, included capital expenditures of $13.5 million for capital investments needed to secure and/or extend leased facilities and investments in IT projects, cost of contract of contract purchased for $2.3 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of equipment and contract terminations of $0.9 million.

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $13.3 million in 2013. Cash used in investing activities in 2013 included capital expenditures of $15.7 million for capital investments needed to secure and/or extend leased facilities and investments in IT projects, cost of contract purchased of $0.4 million and contingent payments for previously acquired businesses of $0.3 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of equipment and contract terminations of $0.8 million and proceeds from sale of equity interest in land of $2.3 million.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities totaled $30.6 million in 2015 , compared to $41.5 million in 2014 . Cash used in financing activities for 2015 included net payments on the Senior Credit facility and Restated Credit Facility of $36.4 million, distributions to noncontrolling interests of $3.1 million, payments of debt issuance costs and original discount on borrowings of $1.4 million, and payments on long-term borrowings (capital leases) of $0.3 million, partially offset by proceeds from the Restated Credit Facility of $10.4 million and tax benefits related to the vesting of restricted stock units of $0.3 million.

Net cash used in financing activities totaled $41.5 million in 2014, compared to $26.4 million in 2013. Cash used in financing activities for 2014 included $1.8 million for businesses acquired, net payments on the Senior Credit facility of $36.9 million, distributions on noncontrolling interests of $2.9 million, partially offset by $0.2 million of proceeds from other long-term borrowings (capital leases).

Net cash used in financing activities totaled $26.4 million in 2013. Cash used in financing activities for 2013 included contingent payments for businesses acquired of $0.6 million, net payments on Senior Credit Facility of $22.6 million, payments on notes payable and other long-term borrowings of $0.2 million, distributions to noncontrolling interests of $2.8 million, and payments on other long-term borrowings (capital leases) of $0.5 million, partially offset by the tax benefit on vesting of restricted stock units of $0.2 million.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We had cash and cash equivalents of $18.7 million at December 31, 2015 , compared to $18.2 million at December 31, 2014 . The cash balances reflect our ability to utilize funds deposited into our local bank accounts. Availability, timing of deposits and the subsequent movement of cash into our corporate bank accounts may result in significant changes to our cash balances.

Table of Contents

Summary Disclosures about Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following summarizes certain of our contractual obligations at December 31, 2015 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods. The nature of our business is to manage parking facilities and as a result, we do not have significant short-term purchase obligations.



			Payments Due by Period
	Total		2016		2017 - 2018		2019 - 2020		2021 and thereafter
(millions)
Contractual obligations
Operating leases (1)	$	985.1	$	222.0	$	349.3	$	207.6	$	206.2
Capital leases	0.3		0.1		0.2		—		—
Total contractual obligations	$	985.4	$	222.1	$	349.5	$	207.6	$	206.2
Other Long-Term Liabilities
Deferred Compensation	10.5		1.6		2.8		2.2		3.9
Other long-term liabilities (2)	58.2		21.8		23.9		8.0		4.5
Total other long-term liabilities	$	68.7	$	23.4	$	26.7	$	10.2	$	8.4
Commercial Commitments
Senior Credit Facility (3)	$	227.3	$	15.0	$	40.0	$	172.3	$	—
Other Debt (3)	1.7		1.4		0.3		—		—
Interest payments on debt and long-term liabilities	29.4		8.3		14.7		6.4		—
Letters of credit (4)	52.4		52.3		0.1		—		—
Total commercial commitments	$	310.8	$	77.0	$	55.1	$	178.7	$	—
Total	$	1,364.9	$	322.5	$	431.3	$	396.5	$	214.6


(1)	Represents minimum rental commitments, excluding (i) contingent rent provisions under all non-cancelable leases; and (ii) sublease income of $26.7 million.


(2)	Represents customer deposits, insurance claims and obligation related to acquisitions.


(3)	Represents principal amounts. See Note 11. Borrowing Arrangements to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8."Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."


(4)	Represents aggregate amount of currently issued letters of credit at their maturities.

We made contingent payments for business acquired (earn-outs) of $0.1 million , $1.8 million and $0.3 million for each of the years ended 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. In addition, we received deficiency repayments (net of deficiency payments made) related to the Bradley Agreement of $1.8 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and made deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The above schedule does not include any amounts for expected deficiency payments in the "less than one year" category or any other "payments due by period" category, as we concluded that the potential for future deficiency payments did not meet the criteria of both probable and estimable.

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The SEC has defined a company's critical accounting policies as the ones that are most important to the portrayal of the company's financial condition and results of operations, and which require the company to make its most difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. Based on this definition, we have identified the critical accounting policies and judgments addressed below. We base these estimates and judgments on historic experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their complexity and the possibility that future events affecting them may differ materially from our current judgments and estimates.

This listing of critical accounting policies is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. We also have other key accounting policies, which involve the use of estimates, judgments, and assumptions that are significant to understanding our results, which are included in Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data".

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price paid over the fair value of net assets acquired. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") authoritative accounting guidance on goodwill, we do not amortize goodwill but rather evaluate it for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances change that could cause goodwill to become impaired. We have elected to assess the impairment of goodwill annually on the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter, or at an interim date if there is an event or change in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the use of acquired assets or our business strategy, a change in reportable segments and significant negative industry or economic trends.

A multi-step impairment test is performed on goodwill. We have the option to evaluate various qualitative factors to determine the likelihood of impairment. If determined that it is more likely than not the fair value is less than the carrying value of a reporting unit, then we are required to perform Step 1. If we do not elect to perform a qualitative assessment, we can voluntarily proceed directly to Step 1. In Step 1, we perform a quantitative analysis to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not considered impaired, and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform Step 2 of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level; our reporting units represent our operating segments, which are comprised of our five operating regions. Management determines the fair value of each of its reporting units by using a discounted cash flow approach and a market approach using multiples of EBITDA of comparable companies to estimate market value. In addition, we compare our derived enterprise value on a consolidated basis to our market capitalization as of its test date to ensure its derived value approximates our market value when taken as a whole.

In conducting our goodwill impairment quantitative assessment, we analyzed actual and projected growth trends of the reporting units, gross margin, operating expenses and EBITDA (which also includes forecasted five-year income statement and working capital projections, a market-based weighted average cost of capital and terminal values after five years). We also assess critical areas that may impact our business including economic conditions, market related exposures, competition, changes in product offerings and changes in key personnel. As part of the 2015 and 2014 goodwill assessments, we engaged a third party to evaluate our reporting unit's fair values.

We continue to perform a goodwill impairment test as required on an annual basis and on an interim basis, if certain conditions exist. Factors we consider important, which could result in changes to our estimates, include underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results and declines in acquisitions and trading multiples. Due to the diverse customer base, we do not believe our future operating results will vary significantly relative to its historical and projected future operating results. However, future events may indicate differences from our judgments and estimates that could, in turn, result in impairment charges in the future. Future events that may result in impairment charges include increases in interest rates, which would impact discount rates, unfavorable economic conditions or other factors that could decrease revenues and profitability of existing locations and changes in the cost structure of existing facilities. Factors that could potentially have an unfavorable economic effect on our judgments and estimates include, among others: changes imposed by governmental and regulatory agencies, such as property condemnations and assessment of parking-related taxes; construction or other events that could change traffic patterns; and terrorism or other catastrophic events.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment when circumstances change that would create a triggering event. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. We evaluate the remaining useful life of the other intangible assets on a periodic basis to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining useful life. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of our intangible and other long-lived assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors, such as changes in our business strategy and internal forecasts. Although management believes the historical

Table of Contents

assumptions and estimates are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact our reported financial results.

Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate long-lived asset groups whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review primarily include a significant change in the use of an asset, or the planned sale or disposal of an asset. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If it is determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. Our estimates of future cash flows from such assets could be impacted if it underperforms relative to historical or projected future operating results.

Assumptions and estimates used to determine cash flows in the evaluation of impairment and the fair values used to determine the impairment are subject to a degree of judgment and complexity. Any changes to the assumptions and estimates resulting from changes in actual results or market conditions from those anticipated may affect the carrying value of long-lived assets and could result in an impairment charge.

Insurance Reserves

We purchase comprehensive casualty insurance (including, without limitation, general liability, automobile liability, garage-keepers legal liability, worker's compensation and umbrella/excess liability insurance) covering certain claims that arise in connection with our operations. Under our various liability and workers' compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to pay directly or reimburse the insurance carrier for the first $0.5 million of each loss covered by our general/garage liability or automobile liability policies and $0.3 million for each loss covered by our workers' compensation and garage keepers legal liability policies. As a result, we are effectively self-insured for all claims up to these levels. It is our policy to record our self-insurance liabilities based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. We utilize historical claims experience and actuarial methods which consider a number of factors to estimate our ultimate cost of losses incurred in determining the required level of insurance reserves and timing of expense recognition associated with claims against us. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation of probability when determining the required insurance reserves and amount to be recognized as an expense. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves and could result in increased expense recognition in the future.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We report accounts receivable, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, to represent our estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. In determining the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we primarily use the review of specific accounts but also use historical collection trends and aging of receivables and make adjustments in the allowance as necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable balances or future allowance for doubtful account considerations.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense involves management judgment as to the ultimate resolution of any tax issues. Historically, our assessments of the ultimate resolution of tax issues have been reasonably accurate. The current open issues are not dissimilar from historical items.

Deferred income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, such that deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities based on currently enacted tax laws and tax rates in effect for the periods in which these temporary differences are expected to reverse or be settled. Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period plus the change during the period in deferred income taxes. We have certain state net operating loss carry forwards which expire in 2035. Our ability to fully utilize these net operating losses to offset taxable income is limited due to the change in ownership resulting from the initial public offering of our stock in 2004 (Internal Revenue Code, Section 382). We consider a number of factors in our assessment of the recoverability of our state net operating loss carryforwards including their expiration dates, the limitations imposed due to the change in ownership as well as future projections of income. Future changes in our operating performance along with these considerations may significantly impact the amount of net operating losses ultimately recovered, and our assessment of their recoverability.

When evaluating our tax positions, we account for uncertainty in income taxes in our consolidated financial statements. The evaluation of a tax position is a two-step process, the first step being recognition. We determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the technical merits of the position. If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in our financial statements. The second step is measurement. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more-likely-than-not of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.

Legal and Other Contingencies

We are subject to claims and litigation in the normal course of our business. The outcomes of claims and legal proceedings brought against us and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. We accrue a charge when our management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. When a loss is probable, we record an accrual based on the reasonably estimable loss or range of loss. When no point of loss is more likely than another, we record the lowest amount in the estimated range of loss and disclose the estimated range. We do not record liabilities for reasonably possible loss

Table of Contents

contingencies, but do disclose a range of reasonably possible losses if they are material and we are able to estimate such a range. If we cannot provide a range of reasonably possible losses, we explain the factors that prevent us from determining such a range. In addition, we accrue for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against us by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of our intent to appeal. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant estimation and judgment.

Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rates

Our primary market risk exposure consists of risk related to changes in interest rates. We use the variable rate Restated Credit Facility, discussed previously, to finance our operations. This Restated Credit Facility exposes us to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. If interest rates increase, interest expense increases and conversely, if interest rates decrease, interest expense also decreases. We believe that it is prudent to limit our exposure to an increase in interest rates.

In October 2012, we entered into interest rate swap transactions (collectively, the "Interest Rate Swaps") with each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, Bank of America and PNC Bank, N.A. in an initial aggregate notional amount of $150.0 million (the "Notional Amount"). The Interest Rate Swaps have an effective date of October 31, 2012 and a termination date of September 30, 2017. The Interest Rate Swaps effectively fix the interest rate on an amount of variable interest rate borrowings under our credit agreements, originally equal to the Notional Amount at 0.7525% per annum plus the applicable margin rate for LIBOR loans under our credit agreements determined based upon SP Plus's consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio. The Notional Amount is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization that coincides with quarterly prepayments of principal under our credit agreements. These Interest Rate Swaps are classified as cash flow hedges, and we calculate the effectiveness of the hedge on a monthly basis. The ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized in earnings as an increase of interest expense. For the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , no ineffective portion of the cash flow was recognized as interest expense. The fair value of the Interest Rate Swaps at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was a $0.2 million and $0.6 million asset, and are included in "Other assets, net" within the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

We do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes.

On February 20, 2015, we entered into a Restated Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Restated Credit Agreement, as described in Note 11, Borrowing Arrangements within out Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements, the Lenders have made available to us a Restated Credit Facility that permits aggregate borrowings of $400.0 million consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility of up to $200.0 million at any time outstanding, which includes a letter of credit facility that is limited to $100.0 million at any time outstanding, and (ii) a term loan facility of $200.0 million, subject to securing additional commitments from the Lenders or new lending institutions. Interest expense on such borrowings is sensitive to changes in the market rate of interest. If we were to borrow the entire non-hedged variable rate debt of $175.4 million available under the revolving credit facility, a 1 percent (%) increase in the average market rate would result in an increase in our annual interest expense of $1.8 million. This amount is determined by considering the impact of the hypothetical interest rates on our borrowing cost, but does not consider the effects of the reduced level of overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment. Due to the uncertainty of the specific changes and their possible effects, the foregoing sensitivity analysis assumes no changes in our financial structure.

Foreign Currency Risk

Substantially all of our operations are conducted in the United States and, as such, are not subject to material foreign currency exchange risk. All foreign investments are denominated in U.S. dollars, with the exception of Canada. We had approximately $0.6 million of Canadian dollar denominated cash instruments at December 31, 2015 , and no debt instruments denominated in Canadian dollar at December 31, 2014. We do not hold any hedging instruments related to foreign currency transactions.

We monitor foreign currency positions and may enter into certain hedging instruments in the future should we determine that exposure to foreign exchange risk has increased.

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The consolidated financial statements and related notes and schedules required by this Item are incorporated into this Form 10-K and set forth in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statements" herein.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Prior to the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 and under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (the "Evaluation") at a reasonable assurance level as of the last day of the period covered by this Form 10-K.

Disclosure controls and procedures are defined by Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") as controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Based upon the Evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2015 .

Inherent Limitations of the Effectiveness of Internal Control

Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:


(i)	pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company's assets;


(ii)	provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that the Company's receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company's management and directors; and


(iii)	provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, does not expect that our internal controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of internal controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Also, any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls in future periods are subject to the risk that those internal controls may become inadequate because of changes in business conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of our published financial statements.

Prior to the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 , our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the last day of the period covered by the report. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 Framework). Based on our Evaluation under the COSO Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015 .

Table of Contents

Ernst & Young LLP has audited the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of its audit, has issued an attestation report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2015 , which were identified in connection with the Evaluation, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information required by this item with respect to our directors and compliance by our directors, executive officers and certain beneficial owners of our common stock with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated by reference to all information under the captions entitled "Board Matters—Nominees for Director," "Board Matters—Nominations for Director," "Our Corporate Governance Practices—Codes of Conduct and Ethics," "Board Committees and Meetings," "Executive Officers" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" included in our 2016 Proxy Statement.

We have adopted a code of ethics as part of our compliance program. The code of ethics applies to our Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer). In addition we have adopted a code of business conduct that applies to all of our officers and employees. Any amendments to, or waivers from, our code of ethics will be posted on our website www.spplus.com. A copy of these codes of conduct and ethics will be provided to you without charge upon request to investor_relations@spplus.com.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption entitled "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Compensation Committee Report," "Executive Compensation," and "Director Compensation," included in our 2016 Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption entitled "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and "Security Ownership" included in our 2016 Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption "Board Matters—Nominations for Directors—Board Designees," "Our Corporate Governance Practices—Director Independence," "Our Corporate Governance Practices—Related-Party Transaction Policy," and "Transactions with Related Persons and Control Persons" included in our 2016 Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Account Fees and Services

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption "Audit Committee Disclosure—Principal Accounting Fees and Services," and "Audit Committee Disclosure—Procedures for Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" included in our 2016 Proxy Statement.

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Financial Statements and Schedules

1. Financial Statements



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	48
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting	49
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014	50
For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Income	51
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	52
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity	53
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	54
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	55

2. Financial Statement Schedule

The following financial statement schedule is included in this report and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm referred to above.



Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	88

Other schedules are omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

(b) Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K

The information required by this item is set forth on the exhibit ind

ex that follows the signature page of this report.

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of SP Plus Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SP Plus Corporation as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 . Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SP Plus Corporation at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 , in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), SP Plus Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 , based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 1, 2016 , expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.



	/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 1, 2016

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of SP Plus Corporation

We have audited SP Plus Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 , based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). SP Plus Corporation's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, SP Plus Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 , based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of SP Plus Corporation as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 , and our report dated March 1, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.



	/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 1, 2016

Table of Contents

SP Plus Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets



	December 31,
(millions, except for share and per share data)	2015			2014
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	18.7		$	18.2
Notes and accounts receivable, net	105.1			109.3
Prepaid expenses and other	13.9			17.8
Deferred taxes	12.3			10.9
Total current assets	150.0			156.2
Leasehold improvements, equipment, land and construction in progress, net	34.6			42.8
Other assets
Advances and deposits	5.0			6.7
Other intangible assets, net	75.9			91.0
Favorable acquired lease contracts, net	38.1			48.3
Equity investments in unconsolidated entities	19.0			20.7
Other assets, net	18.3			14.0
Cost of contracts, net	11.9			10.5
Goodwill	431.3			432.9
Total other assets	599.5			624.1
Total assets	$	784.1		$	823.1
Liabilities and stockholders' equity
Accounts payable	$	95.1		$	106.5
Accrued rent	22.9			22.1
Compensation and payroll withholdings	21.0			22.0
Property, payroll and other taxes	8.6			11.7
Accrued insurance	19.4			22.0
Accrued expenses	25.4			26.0
Current portion of long-term obligations under credit facility and other long-term borrowings	15.2			14.5
Total current liabilities	207.6			224.8
Deferred taxes	—			5.8
Long-term borrowings, excluding current portion
Obligations under credit facility	209.4			235.5
Other long-term borrowings	0.5			0.8
	209.9			236.3
Unfavorable acquired lease contracts, net	50.3			61.4
Other long-term liabilities	66.2			65.0
Total noncurrent liabilities	326.4			368.5
Stockholders' equity
Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2014; no shares issued	—			—
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2014; 22,328,578 and 22,127,725 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively	—			—
Additional paid-in capital	247.9			243.9
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(1.1		)	(0.2		)
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)	2.8			(14.6		)
Total SP Plus Corporation stockholders' equity	249.6			229.1
Noncontrolling interest	0.5			0.7
Total shareholders' equity	250.1			229.8
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$	784.1		$	823.1

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

SP Plus Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Income



	Years Ended December 31,
(millions, except for share and per share data)	2015			2014			2013
Parking services revenue
Lease contracts	$	570.9		$	496.6		$	489.6
Management contracts	350.3			338.3			347.3
	921.2			834.9			836.9
Reimbursed management contract revenue	694.7			679.8			629.9
Total revenue	1,615.9			1,514.7			1,466.8
Cost of parking services
Lease contracts	532.8			455.7			456.1
Management contracts	218.3			207.9			208.7
	751.1			663.6			664.8
Reimbursed management contract expense	694.7			679.8			629.9
Total cost of parking services	1,445.8			1,343.4			1,294.7
Gross profit
Lease contracts	38.1			40.9			33.5
Management contracts	132.0			130.4			138.6
Total gross profit	170.1			171.3			172.1
General and administrative expenses	97.3			101.5			98.9
Depreciation and amortization	34.0			30.3			31.2
Operating income	38.8			39.5			42.0
Other expense (income)
Interest expense	12.7			17.8			19.0
Interest income	(0.2		)	(0.4		)	(0.6		)
Gain on sale of a business	(0.5		)	—			—
Gain on contribution of a business to an unconsolidated entity	—			(4.1		)	—
Equity in losses from investment in unconsolidated entity	1.7			0.3			—
Total other expenses (income)	13.7			13.6			18.4
Earnings before income taxes	25.1			25.9			23.6
Income tax expense (benefit)	4.8			(0.2		)	8.8
Net income	20.3			26.1			14.8
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	2.9			3.0			2.7
Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation	$	17.4		$	23.1		$	12.1
Common stock data
Net income per common share
Basic	$	0.78		$	1.05		$	0.55
Diluted	$	0.77		$	1.03		$	0.54
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic	22,189,140			22,009,800			21,902,870
Diluted	22,511,759			22,407,343			22,249,584

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

SP Plus Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income



	Years Ended December 31,
(millions)	2015			2014			2013
Net income	$	20.3		$	26.1		$	14.8
Other comprehensive income (expense)	(0.9		)	(0.3		)	0.5
Comprehensive income	19.4			25.8			15.3
Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest	2.9			3.0			2.7
Comprehensive income attributable to SP Plus Corporation	$	16.5		$	22.8		$	12.6

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

SP Plus Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity



	Common Stock
(millions, except for share and per share data)	Number of Shares	Par Value		Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Noncontrolling Interest			Total
Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2012	21,870,770	$	—	$	236.4		$	(0.4	)	$	(49.8	)	$	0.8		$	187.0
Net income										12.1			2.7			14.8
Foreign currency translation adjustments							(0.5		)							(0.5		)
Effective portion of cash flow hedge							1.0									1.0
Shares issued—Central Merger																—
Exercise of stock options
Issuance of stock grants	15,576	—														—
Vested restricted stock units	90,965	—														—
Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units				4.1												4.1
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options				0.2												0.2
Purchase of Central shares of noncontrolling interest
Distribution to noncontrolling interest													(2.8		)	(2.8		)
Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2013	21,977,311	$	—	$	240.7		$	0.1		$	(37.7	)	$	0.6		$	203.7
Net income										23.1			3.0			26.1
Foreign currency translation adjustments							(0.2		)							(0.2		)
Effective portion of cash flow hedge							(0.2		)							(0.2		)
Issuance of stock grants	19,336	—		0.5												0.5
Vested restricted stock units	131,078	—
Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units and performance share units				2.8												(2.8		)
Tax benefit from vesting of restricted stock				(0.1		)										(0.1		)
Distribution to noncontrolling interest													(2.9		)	(2.9		)
Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2014	22,127,725	$	—	$	243.9		$	(0.2	)	$	(14.6	)	$	0.7		$	229.8
Net income										17.4			2.9			20.3
Foreign currency translation adjustments							(0.7		)							(0.7		)
Effective portion of cash flow hedge							(0.2		)							(0.2		)
Issuance of stock grants	29,305	—		0.7												0.7
Vested restricted stock units	164,447	—														—
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	7,101	—		—												—
Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units and performance share units				3.0												3.0
Tax benefit from vesting of restricted stock units				0.3												0.3
Distribution to noncontrolling interest													(3.1		)	(3.1		)
Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2015	22,328,578	$	—	$	247.9		$	(1.1	)	$	2.8		$	0.5		$	250.1

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

SP Plus Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows



	Year Ended December 31,
(millions)	2015			2014			2013
Operating activities
Net income	$	20.3		$	26.1		$	14.8
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	34.1			30.4			29.5
Net (accretion) amortization of acquired lease contracts	(0.9		)	(1.0		)	(4.3		)
(Gain) loss on sale of equipment	0.4			(0.3		)	1.6
(Gain) loss on sale of equity interest in land	—			—			(1.2		)
(Gain) loss on sale of business	(0.5		)	—			—
Amortization of debt issuance costs	0.9			1.3			1.4
Amortization of original discount on borrowings	1.2			1.2			1.3
Non-cash stock-based compensation	3.7			3.3			4.2
Provision for losses on accounts receivable	0.7			0.7			0.2
Excess tax (benefit) expense related to vesting of restricted stock units	(0.3		)	0.1			(0.2		)
(Gain) on contribution of a business to an unconsolidated entity	—			(4.1		)	—
Deferred income taxes	(9.7		)	(12.1		)	2.7
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Notes and accounts receivable	3.5			5.4			(3.8		)
Prepaid assets	3.7			2.6			7.4
Other assets	4.4			(0.5		)	(3.1		)
Accounts payable	(11.4		)	(9.0		)	(13.5		)
Accrued liabilities	(6.5		)	7.5			(2.1		)
Net cash provided by operating activities	43.6			51.6			34.9
Investing activities
Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment	(9.6		)	(13.5		)	(15.7		)
Proceeds from sale of equipment and contract terminations	0.5			0.9			0.8
Cash received from sale of business, net	1.0			—			—
Proceeds from sale of equity interest in land	—			—			2.3
Cost of contracts purchased	(3.7		)	(2.3		)	(0.4		)
Contingent payments for businesses acquired	—			—			(0.3		)
Net cash used in investing activities	(11.8		)	(14.9		)	(13.3		)
Financing activities
Contingent payments for businesses acquired	(0.1		)	(1.8		)	(0.6		)
Payments on senior credit facility revolver (Senior Credit Facility and Restated Credit Facility)	(460.9		)	(572.6		)	(491.6		)
Proceeds from senior credit facility revolver (Senior Credit Facility and Restated Credit Facility)	439.5			568.0			491.5
Proceeds from term loan (Restated Credit Facility)	10.4			—			—
Payments on term loan (Senior Credit Facility and Restated Credit Facility)	(15.0		)	(32.3		)	(22.5		)
Proceeds from (payments on) other long-term borrowings	(0.3		)	0.2			(0.6		)
Distribution to noncontrolling interest	(3.1		)	(2.9		)	(2.8		)
Payments of debt issuance costs and original discount on borrowings	(1.4		)	—			—
Excess tax (benefit) expense related to vesting of restricted stock units	0.3			(0.1		)	0.2
Net cash used in financing activities	(30.6		)	(41.5		)	(26.4		)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(0.7		)	(0.2		)	(0.5		)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	0.5			(5.0		)	(5.3		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	18.2			23.2			28.5
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	18.7		$	18.2		$	23.2
Supplemental Disclosures
Cash paid during the period for
Interest	$	10.7		$	13.9		$	16.3
Income taxes, net	$	18.1		$	1.3		$	1.3

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Table of Contents

SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(millions, except share and per share data)

1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

The Company

SP Plus Corporation (the "Company") provides parking management, ground transportation and other ancillary services to commercial, institutional and municipal clients in urban markets and airports across the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada. These services include a comprehensive set of on-site parking management and ground transportation services, which include facility maintenance, training, scheduling and supervising all service personnel as well as providing customer service, marketing, and accounting and revenue control functions necessary to facilitate the operation of clients' facilities. The Company also provides a range of ancillary services such as airport shuttle operations, valet services, taxi and livery dispatch services and municipal meter revenue collection and enforcement services.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Variable Interest Entities ("VIEs") in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All significant intercompany profits, transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current environment.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Company's foreign operations is the local currency. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign operations are translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at the rates in effect on the balance sheet date while income and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rates for the year. Adjustments resulting from the translations of foreign currency financial statements are accumulated and classified as a separate component of stockholders' equity.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents represent funds temporarily invested in money market instruments with maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. Cash and cash equivalents that are restricted as to withdrawal or use under the terms of certain contractual agreements was $0.9 million and $0.5 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, and are included within Cash and cash equivalents within the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, represents the Company's estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. Management reviews the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts on an ongoing basis, using historical collection trends, aging of receivables, and a review of specific accounts, and makes adjustments in the allowance as necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable balances or future allowance considerations. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.9 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

Leasehold Improvements, Equipment, Land and Construction in Progress, net

Leasehold improvements, equipment, software, vehicles, and other fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Equipment is depreciated on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives ranging from 2 to 10 years. Expenditures for major renewals and improvements that extend the useful life of property and equipment are capitalized. Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line basis over the terms of the respective leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter (weighted average remaining life of approximately 8.2 years).

Certain costs associated with directly obtaining, developing or upgrading internal-use software are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of software.

Cost of Contracts

Cost of contracts represents the cost of obtaining contractual rights associated with providing parking services at a managed or leased facility. Cost of parking contracts are amortized over the estimated life of the contracts, including anticipated renewals and terminations. Estimated lives are based on the contract life or anticipated lives of the contract.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Table of Contents

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price paid over the fair value of net assets acquired. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") authoritative accounting guidance on goodwill, the Company does not amortize goodwill but rather evaluates it for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances change that could cause goodwill to become impaired. The Company has elected to assess the impairment of goodwill annually on the first day of its fiscal fourth quarter, or at an interim date if there is an event or change in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the use of acquired assets or its business strategy, and significant negative industry or economic trends.

A multi-step impairment test is performed on goodwill. The Company has the option to evaluate various qualitative factors to determine the likelihood of impairment. If determined that it is more likely than not the fair value is less than the carrying value of a reporting unit, then the Company is required to perform Step 1. If the Company does not elect to perform a qualitative assessment, it can voluntarily proceed directly to Step 1. In Step 1, the Company performs a quantitative analysis to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not considered impaired, and the Company's is not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company must perform Step 2 of t he impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then the Company would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level; the Company's reporting units represent its operating segments, consisting of the North reporting unit, South reporting unit, NY Metropolitan tri-state area of New York, New Jersey and Connecticut reporting unit, Airport transportation services reporting unit, USA Parking reporting unit and event planning and transportation services reporting unit. The December 31, 2015 goodwill balances by reportable segment are presented in detail in Note. 9 Goodwill. Management determines the fair value of each of its reporting units by using a discounted cash flow approach and a market approach using multiples of EBITDA of comparable companies to estimate market value. In addition, the Company compares its derived enterprise value on a consolidated basis to the Company's market capitalization as of its test date to ensure its derived value approximates the market value of the Company when taken as a whole.

In conducting its goodwill impairment quantitative assessment, the Company analyzed actual and projected growth trends of the reporting unit, gross margin, operating expenses and EBITDA (which also includes forecasted five -year income statement and working capital projections, a market-based weighted average cost of capital and terminal values after five years). The Company also assesses critical areas that may impact its business including economic conditions, market related exposures, competition, changes in product offerings and changes in key personnel for each of its reporting unit's. As part of the 2015 and 2014 annual goodwill assessments, the Company engaged a third party to evaluate its reporting unit's fair values.

The Company will continue to perform a goodwill impairment test as required on an annual basis and on an interim basis, if certain conditions exist. Factors the Company considers important, which could result in changes to its estimates, include under-performance relative to historical or projected future operating results and declines in acquisitions and trading multiples. Due to the broad customer base, the Company does not believe its future operating results will vary significantly relative to its historical and projected future operating results. However, future events may indicate differences from its judgments and estimates which could, in turn, result in impairment charges in the future. Future events that may result in impairment charges include increases in interest rates, which would impact discount rates, unfavorable economic conditions or other factors which could decrease revenues and profitability of existing locations and changes in the cost structure of existing facilities. Factors that could potentially have an unfavorable economic effect on management's judgments and estimates include, among others: changes imposed by governmental and regulatory agencies, such as property condemnations and assessment of parking-related taxes; construction or other events that could change traffic patterns; and terrorism or other catastrophic events.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment when circumstances change that would create a triggering event. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of the other intangible assets on a periodic basis to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining useful life. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of its intangible and other long-lived assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors, such as changes in its business strategy and internal forecasts. Although management believes the historical assumptions and estimates are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact its reported financial results.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates long-lived asset groups whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review primarily include a significant change in the use of an asset, or the planned sale or disposal of an asset. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If it is determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. The Company's estimates of future cash flows from such assets could be impacted if it underperforms relative to historical or projected future operating results.

Table of Contents

Debt Issuance Costs

The costs of obtaining financing are capitalized and amortized as interest expense over the term of the respective financing using the effective interest method. Pursuant to ASU 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30), adopted by the Company on December 31, 2015 , debt issuance costs of $2.4 million and $2.6 million at December 31, 2015 , and 2014 , respectively, are recorded as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the Company's debt balance within the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected net of accumulated amortization of $8.2 million and $7.3 million respectively. Amortization expense related to debt issuance costs and included in interest expense within the Consolidated Statements of Income was $0.9 million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments. Book overdrafts of $25.8 million and $30.8 million are included within Accounts payable within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 , and 2014 , respectively. Long-term debt has a carrying value that approximates fair value because these instruments bear interest at variable market rates.

Insurance Reserves

The Company purchases comprehensive casualty insurance covering certain claims that arise in connection with its operations. In addition, the Company purchases umbrella/excess liability coverage. Under our various liability and workers' compensation insurance policies, the Company is obligated to pay directly or reimburse the insurance carrier for the first $0.5 million of each loss covered by its general/garage liability or automobile liability policies and $0.3 million for each loss covered by its workers' compensation and garage keepers legal liability policies. As a result, the Company is, in effect, self-insured for all claims up to these levels. The Company applies the provisions as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies, in determining the timing and amount of expense recognition associated with claims against the Company. The expense recognition is based upon the Company's determination of an unfavorable outcome of a claim being deemed as probable and capable of being reasonably estimated, as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation of probability and the amount to be recognized as an expense. The Company utilizes historical claims experience along with regular input from third party insurance advisers in determining the required level of insurance reserves. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves and could result in increased expense recognition in the future.

Legal and Other Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is subject to litigation in the normal course of its business. The Company applies the provisions as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies in determining the recognition and measurement of expense recognition associated with legal claims against the Company.

Management uses guidance from internal and external legal counsel on the potential outcome of litigation in determining the need to record liabilities for potential losses and the disclosure of pending legal claims.

Certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger include provisions allocating to the Company responsibility for the cost of certain structural and other repairs required to be made to the leased property, including improvement and repair costs arising as a result of ordinary wear and tear. The Company recorded $4.6 million , $1.3 million and $nil for the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, of costs (net of expected recoveries of the total cost recognized by the Company through the applicable indemnity discussed further in Note 2. Acquisition ) in Cost of parking services-Lease contracts within the Consolidated Statements of Income for structural and other repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger, whereby the Company has expensed repair costs for certain leases and engaged third-party general contractors to complete certain structural and other repair projects, and other indemnity related costs. The Company expects to incur additional costs for certain structural and other repair costs pursuant to the contractual requirements of certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger ("Structural and Repair Costs"). Based on information available at this time, the Company currently expects to incur additional Structural and Repair Costs of $1.5 million . While the Company is unable to estimate with certainty when such remaining costs will be incurred, it is expected that a substantial majority of these costs will be incurred in early- to mid-calendar year 2016. The Company currently expects to recover 80% of the Structural and Repair Costs incurred and related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger through the applicable indemnity discussed further in Note 2. Acquisition.

Table of Contents

Interest Rate Swaps

In October 2012, the Company entered into Interest Rate Swap transactions (collectively, the "Interest Rate Swaps") with each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. and PNC Bank, N.A. in an initial aggregate Notional Amount of $150.0 million (the "Notional Amount"). The Interest Rate Swaps have a termination date of September 30, 2017. The Interest Rate Swaps effectively fix the interest rate on an amount of variable interest rate borrowings under the Company's credit agreements, originally equal to the Notional Amount at 0.7525% per annum plus the applicable margin rate for LIBOR loans under the Company's credit agreements determined based upon the Company's consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio. The Notional Amount is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization that coincides with quarterly prepayments of principal under the credit agreements. These Interest Rate Swaps are classified as cash flow hedges, and the Company calculates the effectiveness of the hedge on a monthly basis. The ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized in earnings as an increase to interest expense. As of December 31, 2015 , no ineffective portion of cash flow hedges has been recognized in interest expense. See Note 10. Fair Value Measurement for the fair value of the interest rate swap for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 .

The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes.

Parking Services Revenue

The Company's revenues are primarily derived from leased locations, managed properties and the providing of ancillary services, such as accounting, payments received for exercising termination rights, consulting development fees, gains on sales of contracts, insurance (general, workers' compensation and health care) and other value-added services. In accordance with the guidance related to revenue recognition, revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured and as services are provided. The Company recognizes gross receipts (net of taxes collected from customers) as revenue from leased locations, and management fees for parking services, as the related services are provided. Ancillary services are earned from management contract properties and are recognized as revenue as those services are provided.

Cost of Parking Services

The Company recognizes costs for leases, non-reimbursed costs from managed facilities and reimbursed expense as cost of parking services. Cost of parking services consists primarily of rent and payroll related costs.

Reimbursed Management Contract Revenue and Expense

The Company recognizes as both revenues and expenses, in equal amounts, costs incurred by the Company that are directly reimbursed from its management clients. The Company has determined it is the principal in these transactions, as defined in Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) 605-45 P rincipal Agent Considerations , based on the indicators of gross revenue reporting. As the principal, the Company is the primary obligor in the arrangement, has latitude in establishing price, discretion in supplier selection, and the Company assumes credit risk.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in General and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Income. Advertising expenses aggregated $1.6 million, $1.3 million, and $1.0 million for 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 , respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Share based payments to employees including grants of employee stock options, restricted stock units and performance-based share units are measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and the related expense is recognized over the requisite employee service period or performance period (generally the vesting period) for awards expected to vest (considering estimated forfeitures).

Equity Investment in Unconsolidated Entities

The Company has ownership interests in 38 partnerships, joint ventures or similar arrangements which operate parking facilities, of which 27 are VIEs and 11 are voting interest model entities where the Company's ownership interests range from 30 - 50 percent and for which there are no indicators of control. The Company accounts for such investments under the equity method of accounting, and its underlying share of each investee's equity is included in Equity Investment in Unconsolidated Entities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As the operations of these entities are consistent with the Company's underlying core business operations, the equity in earnings of these investments are included in Parking Services Revenue - Lease Contracts within the Consolidated Statements of Income. The equity earnings in these related investments were $2.0 million, $1.9 million, and $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

In October 2014, the Company entered into an agreement to establish a joint venture with Parkmobile USA, Inc. ("Parkmobile USA") and contributed all of the assets and liabilities of its proprietary Click and Park parking prepayment business in exchange for a 30 percent interest in the newly formed legal entity called Parkmobile, LLC ("Parkmobile"). The joint venture of Parkmobile provides on-demand and prepaid transaction processing for on- and off-street parking and transportation services. The contribution of the Click and Park business in the joint venture resulted in a loss of control of the business, and therefore it was deconsolidated from

Table of Contents

the Company's financial statements. As a result of the deconsolidation, the Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $4.1 million, which was measured as the fair value of the consideration received in the form of a 30 percent interest in Parkmobile less the carrying amount of the former business' net assets, including goodwill. The pre-tax gain is reflected in Gain on a sale of business within the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company accounts for its investment in the joint venture with Parkmobile using the equity method of accounting, and its underlying share of equity in Parkmobile is included in Equity investments in unconsolidated entities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The equity earnings in the Parkmobile joint venture are included in Equity Investments in Unconsolidated Entities within the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Non-Controlling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represent the noncontrolling holders' percentage share of income or losses from the subsidiaries in which the Company holds a majority, but less than 100 percen t, ownership interest and the results of which are consolidated and included within in our consolidated financial statements.

Sale of Business

During the third quarter 2015, the Company signed an agreement to sell and subsequently sold portions of the Company’s security business primarily operating in the Southern California market to a third-party for a gross sales price of $1.8 million , which resulted in a gain on sale of business of $0.5 million , net of legal and other expenses. The pre-tax gain is reflected in Gain on sale of a business within the Consolidated Statements of Income. The assets under the sale agreement met the definition of a business as defined by ASU 805-10-55-4. Cash consideration received during the third quarter 2015, net of legal and other expenses, was $1.0 million with the remaining consideration for the sale of the business being classified as contingent consideration, which per the sale agreement is based on the performance of the business and retention of current customers over an eighteen -month period, and due from the buyer in February 2017. The contingent consideration was valued at fair value as of the date of sale of the business and resulted in the Company recognizing a contingent consideration receivable from the buyer in the amount of $0.5 million . The pre-tax profit for the operations of the sold business was not significant to prior periods presented. See Note 10. Fair Value Measurement for the fair value of the contingent consideration receivable as of December 31, 2015.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, such that deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities based on currently enacted tax laws and tax rates in effect for the periods in which these temporary differences are expected to reverse or settle. Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period plus the change during the period in deferred income taxes. The Company has certain state net operating loss carry forwards which expire in 2035. The Company's ability to fully utilize these net operating losses to offset state taxable income is limited due to the change in ownership resulting from the initial public offering of our stock in 2004 (Internal Revenue Code, Section 382). The Company considers a number of factors in its assessment of the recoverability of its net operating loss carryforwards including their expiration dates, the limitations imposed due to the change in ownership as well as future projections of income. Future changes in the Company's operating performance along with these considerations may significantly impact the amount of net operating losses ultimately recovered, and its assessment of their recoverability.

When evaluating our tax positions, the Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes in its consolidated financial statements. The evaluation of a tax position is a two-step process, the first step being recognition. The Company determines whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the technical merits of the position. If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in our financial statements. The second step is measurement. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more-likely-than-not of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("the FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs . ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability instead of being presented as an asset. ASU 2015-03 requires retrospective application and represents a change in accounting principle. ASU 2015-03 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015 with early adoption being permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The Company adopted ASU 2015-03 in December 2015 on a retrospective basis and reclassified debt issuance costs from Other assets to a direct reduction from the carrying amount of the (i) Current portion of obligations under the Restated Senior Credit Facility borrowings and (ii) Long-term obligations under the Restated Credit Facility borrowings within the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. See Note 11. Borrowing Arrangements for further detail on the Company's debt instruments.

Table of Contents

Accounting Pronouncements to be Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-2, Leases (Topic 842). ASU 2016-2 requires lessees to move most leases to the balance sheet and recognize expense, similar to current accounting guidance, on the income statement. Additionally, the classification criteria and the accounting for sales-type and direct financing leases is modified for lessors. Under ASU 2016-2, all entities will classify leases to determine: (i) lease-related revenue and expense and (ii) for lessors, amount recorded on the balance sheet. Entities are required to use a modified retrospective approach for leases that exist or are entered into after the beginning of the earliest comparative period in the financial statements, with full retrospective application being prohibited. ASU 2016-2 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. These and other changes to accounting for leases under ASU 2016-2 are currently being evaluated by the Company for impacts to the Company's financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-1, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. ASU 2016-1 amends various areas of the accounting for financial instruments. Key provisions of the amendment currently being evaluated by the Company requires (i) equity investments to be measured at fair value (except those accounted for under the equity method), (ii) the simplification of equity investment impairment determination, (iii) certain changes to the fair value measurement of financial instruments measured at amortized cost, (iv) the separate presentation, in other comprehensive income, the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk (given certain conditions), and (v) the evaluation for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the Company's other deferred tax assets. ASU 2016-1 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. These provisions and others of ASU 2016-1 are currently being assessed by the Company for impacts on the Company's financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments . ASU 2015-16 requires that an acquirer in a business combination recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The amendment requires that the acquirer record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The ASU also requires an entity to present separately on the face of the income statement or disclose in the notes the portion of the amount recorded in current-period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. ASU 2015-16 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting the standard on the Company's financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement . This ASU provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The new guidance does not change the accounting for a customer’s accounting for service contracts. ASU 2015-05 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis . ASU 2015- 02 amends certain aspects of the consolidation guidance in U.S. GAAP. In particular, it will modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (“VIEs”) or voting interest entities and also eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership. The new guidance will also affect the consolidation analysis of the Company’s interests in VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships. ASU 2015-02 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and retrospective adoption is required either through a modified retrospective approach by recording a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the year of adoption or retrospectively for all comparative periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01, Income Statement - Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items . This Update eliminates from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. A reporting entity may apply the amendments prospectively. A reporting entity also may apply the amendments retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance is applied from the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2015-01 to have material impact of adopting this standard on the Company’s financial statements.

Table of Contents

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12 Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Accounting for Share Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period . A performance target in a share-based payment that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period should be accounted for as a performance condition under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. As a result, the target is not reflected in the estimation of the award’s grant date fair value. Compensation cost would be recognized over the required service period, if it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-9, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . The amendments in ASU No. 2014-9 create Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , and supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition , including most industry specific revenue recognition guidance. In addition, the amendments supersede the cost guidance in Subtopic 605-35, Revenue Recognition—Construction-Type and Production-Type Contract , and create a new Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs—Contracts with Customers . The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

2. Acquisition

On October 2, 2012 ("Closing Date"), the Company completed the acquisition (the "Central Merger" or "Merger") of 100% of the outstanding common shares of KCPC Holdings, Inc., which was the ultimate parent of Central Parking Corporation (collectively, "Central"), for 6,161,332 shares of Company common stock and the assumption of approximately $217.7 million of Central's debt, net of cash acquired. Additionally, the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 28, 2012 with respect to the Central Merger ("Merger Agreement") provides that Central's former stockholders are entitled to receive cash consideration (the "Cash Consideration") in the amount equal to $27.0 million plus, if and to the extent the Net Debt Working Capital (as defined below) was less than $275.0 million (the "Lower Threshold") as of September 30, 2012, the amount by which the Net Debt Working Capital was below such amount (such sum, the "Cash Consideration Amount") to be paid three years after closing, to the extent the $27.0 million is not used to satisfy indemnity obligations pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Company is entitled to indemnification from Central's former stockholders (i) if and to the extent Central's combined net debt and the absolute value of Central's working capital (as determined in accordance with the Merger Agreement) (the "Net Debt Working Capital") exceeded $285.0 million (the "Upper Threshold") as of September 30, 2012 and (ii) for certain defined adverse consequences as set forth in the Merger Agreement (including with respect to Structural and Repair Costs). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Central's former stockholders are required to satisfy certain indemnity obligations, which are capped at the Cash Consideration Amount (the "Capped Items") only through a reduction of the Cash Consideration. For certain other indemnity obligations set forth in the Merger Agreement, which are not capped at the Cash Consideration Amount (the "Uncapped Items"), including the Net Debt Working Capital indemnity obligations described above, Central's former stockholders may satisfy any amount payable pursuant to such indemnity obligations as follows (provided that the Company reserves the right to reject the cash and stock alternatives available to the Company and choose to reduce the Cash Consideration):


•	Central's former stockholders can elect to pay such amount with cash;


•	Central's former stockholders can elect to pay such amount with the Company's common stock (valued at $23.64 per share, the market value as of the closing date of the Merger Agreement); or


•	Central's former stockholders can elect to reduce the $27.0 million cash consideration by such amount, subject to the condition that the cash consideration remains at least $17.0 million to cover Capped Items.

Under the Merger Agreement, all post-closing claims and disputes, including as to indemnification matters, are ultimately subject to resolution through binding arbitration or, in the case of a dispute as to the calculation of Net Debt Working Capital, resolution by an independent public accounting firm. Should a dispute resolution process for indemnification matters result in determinations unfavorable to the Company, the resulting resolution may have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Since the Closing Date, the Company has periodically given Central’s former stockholders notice regarding indemnification matters, including with respect to the calculation of Net Debt Working Capital, and has made adjustments for known matters as they arose, although Central’s former stockholders have not agreed to the aggregate of such adjustments made by the Company. During such time, Central’s former stockholders have continually requested additional documentation supporting the Company’s indemnification claims, including with respect to the Company’s calculation of Net Debt Working Capital. Furthermore, following the Company's notices of indemnification matters, the representative of Central's former stockholders has indicated that they may make additional inquiries and raise issues with respect to the Company's indemnification claims (including, specifically, as to Structural and Repair Costs) and that they may assert various claims of their own relating to the Merger Agreement.

The Company previously determined and submitted notification to Central’s former stockholders, that (i) the Net Debt Working Capital was $296.3 million as of September 30, 2012 and that, accordingly, the Net Debt Working Capital exceeded the Upper

Table of Contents

Threshold by $11.3 million ; and (ii) the Company had indemnity claims of $23.4 million for certain defined adverse consequences (including indemnity claims with respect to Structural and Repair Costs incurred through December 31, 2015) and as set forth in an October 1, 2015 notification letter to Central's former stockholders' that certain indemnification claims for Structural and Repair Costs yet to be incurred met the requirements of the indemnification provisions established in the Merger Agreement. These additional indemnification claims for Structural and Repair Costs are estimated to be $1.2 million (representing 80% of the $1.5 million of Structural and Repair Costs yet to be incurred by the Company).

In early 2015, the Company and Central’s former stockholders engaged an independent public accounting firm for ultimate resolution, through binding arbitration, regarding its dispute as to the Company’s calculation of Net Debt Working Capital. On April 30, 2015, with respect to the Company's Net Debt Working Capital calculation, the representative of Central's former stockholders submitted specific objections to the Company's calculation, asserting that the Net Debt Working Capital as of September 30, 2012 was $270.8 million ( $4.2 million below the Lower Threshold) and on September 21, 2015 submitted a revised calculation, asserting that the Net Debt Working Capital as of September 30, 2012 was $278.0 million ( $3.0 million above the Lower Threshold) and therefore no amounts are due to the Company given calculated net Debt Working Capital is between the Lower Threshold and the Upper Threshold. On October 1, 2015, the Company provided notification to Central's former stockholders that the aggregate amount of the Company's (i) Net Debt Working Capital claim of $11.3 million as of September 30, 2012 and (ii) indemnity claims for certain defined adverse consequences as set forth in the Merger Agreement (including with respect to Structural and Repair Costs), exceeded the $27.0 million Cash Consideration and therefore the Company would not be making any Cash Consideration payment pursuant to Section 3.7 of the Merger Agreement. On October 20, 2015, Central's former stockholders provided notification that they deemed the Company's refusal to pay the $27.0 million Cash Consideration to be a violation of the terms of the Merger Agreement.

On February 19, 2016, the Company and Central’s former stockholders received a non-appealable and binding decision from the independent public accounting firm indicating that Net Debt Working Capital as of September 30, 2012 was $291.6 million , or $6.6 million above the Upper Threshold. Furthermore, as part of the independent public accounting firm’s decision over the calculation of Net Debt Working Capital as of September 30, 2012, it was determined by the independent public accounting firm and the Company that $1.5 million of Net Debt Working Capital claims were more appropriately claimable as an adverse consequence indemnification claim, as defined in the Merger Agreement. As such and in conjunction with the independent public accounting firm’s decision on Net Debt Working Capital, the Company (i) reclassified $1.5 million of indemnification claims from the Net Debt Working Capital calculation to indemnification claims for certain adverse consequences; and (ii) recognized an expense of $1.6 million ( $0.9 million , net of tax) in General and administrative expenses for certain of the other amounts disallowed under the Net Debt Working Capital calculation as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively. The independent public accounting firm also determined that an additional $1.6 million of Net Debt Working Capital claims were disallowed; however, these Net Debt Working Capital amounts claimed by the Company were not previously recognized by the Company as a cost recovery given their contingent nature and since these claims were not previously recognized as an expense by the Company, the independent public accounting firm’s decision to disallow these claims had no impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015.

As a result of the independent public accounting firm’s decision on the calculation of Net Debt Working Capital, the Company will revise its indemnity claims for certain defined adverse consequences from $23.4 million to $24.9 million . As previously discussed in Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices , certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger include provisions allocating to the Company responsibility for all or a defined portion of the costs of certain structural and other repair costs required on the property, including improvement and repair costs arising as a result of ordinary wear and tear. The Company has reduced the Cash Consideration Amount by $6.6 million , representing the amount Net Debt Working Capital exceeded the Upper Threshold, and $18.8 million , representing the amount of indemnified claims for certain adverse consequences (including but not limited to Structural and Repair Costs) recognized by the Company as of December 31, 2015. While the Company has submitted $6.1 million of additional indemnity claims for certain adverse consequences (including but not limited to Structural and Repair Costs) to Central’s former stockholders, including claims as set forth in the October 1, 2015 letter, the Company has not recognized these indemnity claims as a receivable or offset to the Cash Consideration Amount with a corresponding gain or reduction of costs incurred by the Company, as these additional indemnified claims are contingent in nature or represent costs which the Company has not yet incurred but which met the requirements of the indemnification provisions established in the Merger Agreement. The Company has evaluated the nature of the costs and related indemnity claims and has concluded that it is probable that such indemnified claims will sustain any challenge from Central’s former stockholders and recoverability of these indemnified claims is reasonably assured.

The Central Merger has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting (in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 805, Business Combinations), which requires, among other things, that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The purchase price has been allocated based on the estimated fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the date of acquistion. The Company finalized the purchase price allocation during the third quarter of 2013.

Table of Contents

The Company incurred certain acquisition and integration costs associated with the transaction that were expensed as incurred and are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. The Company recognized $6.2 million , $8.5 million and $10.9 million , respectively, of these costs in General and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and an additional $1.0 million , $nil and $nil , respectively, of costs in Depreciation and amortization expense. Additionally and as noted above, the Company recognized $1.6 million of expense in General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 for certain Net Debt Working Capital claims deemed disallowable by the independent public accounting firm’s decision.

3. Net Income per Common Share

Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per common share is based upon the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding at period end, consisting of incremental shares assumed to be issued upon exercise of stock options and the incremental shares assumed to be issued under performance share and restricted stock unit arrangements, using the treasury-stock method.

A reconciliation of the basic weighted average common shares outstanding to diluted weighted average common shares outstanding is as follows:



	Year Ended December 31,
(millions, except share and per share data)	2015		2014		2013
Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation	$	17.4	$	23.1	$	12.1
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding	22,189,140		22,009,800		21,902,870
Dilutive impact of share-based awards	322,619		397,543		346,714
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding	22,511,759		22,407,343		22,249,584
Net income per common share
Basic	$	0.78	$	1.05	$	0.55
Diluted	$	0.77	$	1.03	$	0.54

For the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, performance-based share units were excluded in the computation of weighted average diluted common share outstanding because the number of shares ultimately issuable is contingent on the Company's performance goals, which were not achieved as of the reporting date. There was no performance-based incentive program in place during 2013 .

There are no additional securities that could dilute basic earnings per share in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share, other than those disclosed.

4. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures stock-based compensation expense at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and the expense is recognized over the requisite employee service period or performance period (generally the vesting period) for awards expected to vest (considering estimated forfeitures).

The Company has an amended and restated long-term incentive plan (the "Plan") that was adopted in conjunction with its initial public offering in 2004. In February 2008, the Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Plan, subject to stockholder approval, that increased the maximum number of shares of common stock available for awards under the Plan from 2,000,000 to 2,175,000 and extended the Plan's termination date. Company stockholders approved this Plan amendment on April 22, 2008, and the Plan now terminates twenty years from the date of such approval, or April 22, 2028. On March 13, 2013, the Board approved an amendment to the Plan, subject to stockholder approval, that increased the number of shares of common stock available for awards under the Plan from 2,175,000 to 2,975,000 . Company stockholders approved this Plan amendment on April 24, 2013. Forfeited and expired options under the Plan become generally available for reissuance. At December 31, 2015 , 370,420 shares remained available for award under the Plan.

Stock Options and Grants

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option grant as of the date of grant. The volatilities are based on the 90 day historical volatility of Company common stock as the grant date. The risk free interest rate is based on zero-coupon U.S. government issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option.

There were no options granted during the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 . The Company recognized no stock-based compensation expense related to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 as all options previously granted are fully vested.

Table of Contents

On April 21, 2015, the Company authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 32,357 shares. The total value of the grant was $0.7 million, which was fully expensed at the grant date, and is included in General and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Income. On April 22, 2014, the Company authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 19,336 shares. The total value of the grant was $0.5 million, which was fully expensed at the grant date, and is included in General and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Income. On April 24, 2013, the Company authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 21,949 shares. The total value of the grant, based on the fair value of the stock on the grant date, was $0.5 million, which was fully expensed at the grant date and is included in General and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Company recognized $0.7 million , $0.5 million , and $0.5 million of stock based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively, which are included in General and administrative expense within the Consolidated Statements of Income. As of December 31, 2015 , there was no unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested options.

A summary of the status of the stock option plans as of December 31, 2015 , and changes during the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , are presented below:



	Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2012	7,101		$	5.75
Granted	—		n/a
Exercised	—		n/a
Expired	—		n/a
Outstanding at December 31, 2013	7,101		$	5.75
Granted	—		n/a
Exercised	—		n/a
Expired	—		n/a
Outstanding at December 31, 2014	7,101		$	5.75
Granted	—		n/a
Exercised	(7,101	)	5.75
Expired	—		n/a
Vested and Exercisable at December 31, 2015	—		$	—	—	$	—

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.1 million. There were no nonvested options as of December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 .

Restricted Stock Units

During the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company authorized certain one-time grants of 3,963 restricted stock units to certain executives that vest three years from date of issuance. The restricted stock unit agreement is designed to reward performance over a three -year period.

During the year ended December 31, 2014 , the Company authorized certain one-time grants of 31,099 restricted stock units to certain executives that vest five years from date of issuance. The restricted stock unit agreements are designed to reward performance over a five -year period.

During the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company authorized a one-time grant of 68,044 restricted stock units to executives that joined the Company in connection with the Central Merger. These restricted stock units vest on December 3, 2018. The restricted stock unit agreements are designed to reward performance over a five -year period. Additionally, the Company authorized a one-time grant of 4,247 restricted stock units to an executive which vest in June 2016.

The fair value of restricted stock units is determined using the market value of Company common stock on the date of the grant, and compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period. The Company estimates forfeitures at the time of the grant and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

Table of Contents

A summary of the status of the restricted stock units as of December 31, 2015 , and changes during the year ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , are presented below:



	Shares		Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2012	723,425		$	19.78
Issued	72,291		20.40
Vested	(90,965	)	21.84
Forfeited	—		n/a
Nonvested at December 31, 2013	704,751		$	20.00
Issued	31,099		22.20
Vested	(145,421	)	22.41
Forfeited	(34,729	)	23.88
Nonvested at December 31, 2014	555,700		$	19.57
Issued	12,589		23.65
Vested	(150,073	)	20.77
Forfeited	(16,500	)	19.45
Nonvested at December 31, 2015	401,716		$	19.25

The Company recognized $1.6 million, $2.4 million and $3.8 million of stock based compensation expense related to the restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively, which is included in General and administrative expense. For the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, were $2.7 million , $4.4 million and $7.3 million , respectively. The costs related to restricted stock units that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.8 years , 4.0 years and 4.0 years for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Performance Share Units

In September 2014, the Board of Directors authorized a performance-based incentive program under the Company's Long-Term Incentive Plan ("Performance-Based Incentive Program"), whereby the Company will issue performance share units to certain executive management individuals that represent shares potentially issuable in the future. The objective of the performance-based incentive program is to link compensation to business performance, encourage ownership of Company stock, retain executive talent, and reward executive performance. The Performance-Based Incentive Program provides participating executives with the opportunity to earn vested common stock if certain performance targets for pre-tax free cash flow are achieved over the cumulative three year period and recipients satisfy service-based vesting requirements. The stock-based compensation expense associated with unvested performance-based incentives are recognized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the vesting period or minimum service period and dependent upon the probable outcome of the number of shares that will ultimately be issued based on the achievement of pre-tax free cash flow over the cumulative three year period.

During 2014, certain participating executives became vested in the Performance-Based Incentive Program shares based on retirement eligibility and as a result $0.2 million of stock-based compensation related to 9,687 shares were recognized in General and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statement of Income, and which continue to be subject to achieving cumulative pre-tax free cash flow over the three -year period of 2014 through 2016.

In April 2015, the Board of Directors authorized another performance-based incentive program under the Company's Long-Term Incentive Plan ("2015 Performance-Based Incentive Program"). The 2015 Performance-Based Incentive Program is similar to the 2014 Performance-Based Incentive Program, with the exception of the number of shares ultimately to be issued is based on the achievement of pre-tax free cash flow over the cumulative three -year period of 2015 through 2017.

During 2015, certain participating executives became vested in Performance-Based Incentive Program shares based on retirement eligibility and as a result $0.1 million of stock-based compensation related to 6,915 shares were recognized in General and administrative expenses, and which continue to be subject to achieving cumulative pre-tax free cash flow over the respective three -year periods.

Table of Contents

A summary of the status of the performance share units as of December 31, 2015 , and changes during the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented below:



	Shares		Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2013	—		n/a
Issued	89,117		18.96
Vested	(9,687	)	18.96
Forfeited	—		n/a
Nonvested at December 31, 2014	79,430		18.96
Issued	125,392		21.64
Vested	(6,915	)	19.91
Forfeited	(24,056	)	20.60
Nonvested at December 31, 2015	173,851		$	20.63

The Company recognized $1.3 million and $0.3 million of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and is included in General and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statement of Income. During the year ended December 31, 2015 , 24,056 performance-based shares were forfeited under the Long-Term Incentive Program and became available for reissuance. During the year ended December 31, 2014 , no performance-based shares were forfeited. Future compensation expense for currently outstanding awards under the Performance-Based Incentive Program could reach a maximum of $5.4 million. Stock-based compensation for the Performance-Based Incentive Program is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.6 years . There was no such program in place during 2013.

5. Leasehold Improvements, Equipment, Land and Construction in Progress, net

Leasehold improvements, equipment, and construction in progress and related accumulated depreciation and amortization is as follows:



		December 31
(millions)	Ranges of Estimated Useful Life	2015			2014
Equipment	2 - 10 Years	$	34.5		$	33.6
Software	3 - 10 Years	27.0			24.1
Vehicles	4 Years	8.7			8.6
Other	10 Years	0.4			0.3
Leasehold improvements	Shorter of lease term or economic life up to 10 years	20.2			20.4
Construction in progress		3.6			2.1
		94.4			89.1
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(59.8		)	(47.6		)
		34.6			41.5
Land		—			1.3
Leasehold improvements, equipment, land and construction in progress, net		$	34.6		$	42.8

Asset additions are recorded at cost, which includes interest on significant projects. Depreciation is provided in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated useful lives or over the terms of the respective leases, whichever is shorter, and depreciated principally on the straight-line basis. The costs and accumulated depreciation of assets sold or disposed of are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in earnings. Plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when conditions indicate an impairment or future impairment; the assets are either written down or the useful life is adjusted to the remaining period of estimated useful life.

Depreciation expense was $15.9 million, $12.0 million and $10.4 million in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company sold its equity interest in land for $2.3 million and recognized a gain on sale of $1.2 million.

Table of Contents

6. Cost of Contracts, net

Cost of contracts, net is comprised of the following:



	December 31,
(millions)	2015			2014
Cost of contracts	$	31.3		$	28.3
Accumulated amortization	(19.4		)	(17.8		)
Cost of contracts, net	$	11.9		$	10.5

The expected future amortization of cost of contracts is as follows:



(millions)	Cost of Contract
2016	$	3.2
2017	3.0
2018	2.5
2019	1.6
2020	0.6
2021 and Thereafter	1.0
Total	$	11.9

Amortization expense related to cost of contracts was $3.1 million, $3.2 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 respectively. The weighted average remaining life was 9.0 years, 9.5 years and 9.6 years as of December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

7. Other Intangible Assets, Net

The following presents a summary of other intangible assets:



		December 31,
		2015							2014
(millions)	Weighted Average Life (Years)	Acquired Intangible Assets, Gross (1)		Accumulated Amortization			Acquired Intangible Assets, Net		Acquired Intangible Assets, Gross(1)		Accumulated Amortization			Acquired Intangible Assets, Net
Covenant not to compete	3.0	$	0.9	$	(0.9	)	$	—	$	0.9	$	(0.9	)	$	—
Trade names and trademarks	1.1	9.8		(7.8		)	2.0		9.8		(5.5		)	4.3
Proprietary know how	1.3	34.7		(25.0		)	9.7		34.7		(17.4		)	17.3
Management contract rights	12.8	81.0		(16.8		)	64.2		81.0		(11.6		)	69.4
Acquired intangible assets, net (2)	11.1	$	126.4	$	(50.5	)	$	75.9	$	126.4	$	(35.4	)	$	91.0

(1) Excludes the original cost and accumulated amortization on fully amortized intangible assets.

(2) Intangible assets have estimated remaining lives between one and 16 years.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets included in depreciation and amortization expense was $15.1 million, $15.2 million and $16.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

Table of Contents

The expected future amortization of intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 is as follows:



(millions)	Intangible asset amortization
2016	$	14.6
2017	7.2
2018	5.3
2019	5.2
2020	5.2
2021 and Thereafter	38.4
Total	$	75.9

8. Favorable and Unfavorable Acquired Lease Contracts, net

Favorable and unfavorable lease contracts represent the acquired fair value of lease contracts in connection with the Central Merger. Favorable and unfavorable acquired lease contracts are being amortized over the contract term, including anticipated renewals and terminations.

The following presents a summary of favorable and unfavorable lease contracts:



	Favorable						(Unfavorable)
	December 31,						December 31,
(millions)	2015			2014			2015			2014
Acquired fair value of lease contracts	$	74.0		$	77.0		$	(88.2	)	$	(90.1	)
Accumulated (amortization) accretion	(35.9		)	(28.7		)	37.9			28.7
Total acquired fair value of lease contracts, net	$	38.1		$	48.3		$	(50.3	)	$	(61.4	)

Amortization for lease contracts, net of favorable lease contracts, was $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and is recognized as an increase to Cost of parking services - Lease contract. Amortization, net of unfavorable lease contracts, was $1.0 million and $4.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively, and is recognized as a reduction to Cost of parking services-Lease contract within the Consolidated Statements of Income.

For the year ended December 31, 2015 , the weighted average remaining life for favorable and unfavorable acquired lease contracts was 11.1 years and 10.1 years , respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2014 , the weighted average remaining life for favorable and unfavorable acquired lease contracts was 10.8 years and 9.8 years , respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013 , the weighted average remaining life for favorable and unfavorable acquired lease contracts was 10.1 years and 8.9 years , respectively.

The expected future amortization (accretion) of lease contract rights is as follows:



(millions)	Favorable		(Unfavorable)			Favorable / (Unfavorable), Net
2016	$	8.2	$	(10.1	)	$	(1.9	)
2017	6.4		(9.0		)	(2.6		)
2018	4.0		(7.3		)	(3.3		)
2019	3.6		(4.8		)	(1.2		)
2020	3.1		(3.7		)	(0.6		)
2021 and Thereafter	12.8		(15.4		)	(2.6		)
Total	$	38.1	$	(50.3	)	$	(12.2	)

Table of Contents

9. Goodwill

The amounts for goodwill and changes to carrying value by reportable segment are as follows:



(millions)	Region One			Region Two			Region Three			Region Four			Region Five			Total
Balance as of December 31, 2013	$	163.8		$	143.8		$	37.0		$	62.6		$	32.2		$	439.4
Goodwill acquired	—			—			—			0.2			—			0.2
Foreign currency translation	(0.5		)	—						—			—			(0.5		)
Disposals (1)	(2.1		)	(2.3		)	(0.6		)	(0.1		)	(1.1		)	(6.2		)
Balance as of December 31, 2014	$	161.2		$	141.5		$	36.4		$	62.7		$	31.1		$	432.9
Foreign currency translation	(0.7		)	—			—			—			—			(0.7		)
Disposals (2)	—			(0.9		)	—			—			—			(0.9		)
Balance as of December 31, 2015	$	160.5		$	140.6		$	36.4		$	62.7		$	31.1		$	431.3

(1) In October 2014, the Company contributed all of the assets and liabilities of its proprietary Click and Park parking prepayment business in exchange for a 30 percent interest in the newly formed legal entity called Parkmobile, LLC. The contribution of the Click and Park business to the joint venture resulted in a loss of control of the subsidiary and therefore it was deconsolidated from the Company's financial statements. As a result of the deconsolidation, the Company was required to allocate $6.2 million of goodwill to the net carrying amount of the subsidiary's net assets contributed to the Parkmobile joint venture. The pro-rata allocation on the disposal of goodwill at the operating segment level was based on a relative fair value approach.

(2) In August 2015, certain assets, which met the definition of a business, were sold to a third-party in an arms-length transaction (see also Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices and Note 10. Fair Value for further detail on the sale of the business). The sale resulted in the disposal of specifically identifiable goodwill associated with the business of $0.9 million from Region Two.

The Company tests goodwill at least annually for impairment (the Company has elected to annually test for potential impairment of goodwill on the first day of the fourth quarter) and tests more frequently if indicators are present or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment may exist. The indicators include, among others, declines in sales, earning or cash flows or the development of a material adverse change in business climate. The Company assesses goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, referred to as a reporting unit. See Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices for additional detail on the Company's policy for assessing goodwill for impairment.

Due to a change in the Company’s segment reporting effective January 1, 2015, the goodwill allocated to previous reporting units have been reallocated to new reporting units based on the relative fair value of the new reporting units. See also Note 19. Domestic and Foreign Operations for further disclosure on the Company’s change in reporting segments effective January 1, 2015.

As a result of the change in internal reporting segment information, the Company completed a quantitative test (Step One) of goodwill impairment as of January 1, 2015 and concluded that the estimated fair values of each of the Company’s reporting units exceeded its carrying amount of net assets assigned to that reporting unit and therefore no further testing was required (Step Two). In conducting the January 1, 2015 goodwill impairment quantitative test (Step One), the Company analyzed actual and projected growth trends of the reporting units, gross margin, operating expenses and Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) (which also includes forecasted five -year income statement and working capital projection, a market-based weighted average cost of capital and terminal values after five years). The Company also assesses critical areas that may impact its business including economic conditions, market related exposures, competition, changes in service offerings and changes in key personnel. As part of the January 1, 2015 goodwill assessment, the Company engaged a third-party to evaluate its reporting units’ fair values. No impairment was recorded as a result of the goodwill impairment test performed.

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2015, using a quantitative test (Step One), and concluded that the estimated fair values of each of the Company's reporting units exceeded its carrying amount of net assets assigned to that reporting unit and therefore no further testing was required (Step Two). As part of the October 1, 2015 goodwill assessment, the Company engaged a third-party to evaluate its reporting units' fair values. No impairment was recorded as a result of the goodwill impairment test performed.

The reporting units are reported as Region One (North reporting unit), Region Two (South reporting unit), Region Three (New York Metropolitan tri-state area of New York, New Jersey and Connecticut reporting unit), Region Four (Airport transportation operations nationwide reporting unit) and Region Five (USA Parking reporting unit and event planning and transportation services reporting unit). For purposes of reportable segments, goodwill in Region Five is attributable to USA Parking and event planning and transportation services reporting units.

Table of Contents

10. Fair Value Measurement

Fair Value Measurements-Recurring Basis

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches within the fair value measurement framework. Fair value measurements are determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Applicable accounting literature establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. The fair value hierarchy is based on observable or unobservable inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value. Observable inputs reflect assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources while unobservable inputs reflect a reporting entity's pricing based upon its own market assumptions. Applicable accounting literature defines levels within the hierarchy based on the reliability of inputs as follows:


•	Level 1: Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.


•	Level 2: Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in an active market, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and market-corroborated inputs, which are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.


•	Level 3: Inputs that are derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are unobservable.

The following table sets forth the Company's financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the basis of measurement at December 31, 2015 and 2014 :



	Fair Value at December 31, 2015						Fair Value at December 31, 2014
(millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets
Prepaid expenses and other
Contingent consideration receivable	$	—	$	—	$	0.5	$	—	$	—	$	—
Interest rate swap	—		0.2		—		—		0.6		—
Total	$	—	$	0.2	$	0.5	$	—	$	0.6	$	—
Liabilities
Accrued expenses
Contingent consideration obligation	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	0.1
Other long term liabilities
Contingent consideration obligation	—		—		—		—		—		0.2
Total	$	—	$	—	—		$	—	—		$	0.3

Interest Rate Swap

The Company seeks to minimize risks from interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swap contracts and hedge only exposures in the ordinary course of business. Interest rate swaps are used to manage interest rate risk associated with our floating rate debt. The Company accounts for its derivative instruments at fair value provided it meets certain documentary and analytical requirements to qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Hedge accounting creates the potential for a Consolidated Statements of Income match between the changes in fair values of derivatives and the changes in cost of the associated underlying transactions, in this case interest expense. Derivatives held by us are designated as hedges of specific exposures at inception, with an expectation that changes in the fair value will essentially offset the change in the underlying exposure. Discontinuance of hedge accounting is required whenever it is subsequently determined that an underlying transaction is not going to occur, with any gains or losses recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income at such time, with any subsequent changes in fair value recognized currently in earnings. Fair values of derivatives are determined based on quoted prices for similar contracts. The effective portion of the change in fair value of the interest rate swap is reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders' equity, and is being recognized as an adjustment to interest expense or other (expense) income, respectively, over the same period the related expenses are recognized in earnings. Ineffectiveness would occur when changes in the market value of the hedged transactions are not completely offset by changes in the market value of the derivative and those related gains and losses on derivatives representing hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized currently in earnings when incurred. No ineffectiveness was recognized during 2015 , 2014 or 2013 .

Table of Contents

Contingent Consideration Receivable

During the third quarter of 2015, certain assets, which met the definition of a business, were sold to a third-party in an arms-length transaction (see also Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices for further detail on the sale of the business). Under the sales agreement, 40% of the sale proceeds from the buyer is contingent in nature and scheduled to be received by the Company in February 2017, or eighteen months from the date of the transaction. The contingent consideration amount expected to be received by the Company is based on the financial and operational performance of the business sold. The significant inputs used to derive the Level 3 fair value contingent consideration receivable is the probability of reaching certain revenue growth of the business and retention of current customers over the eighteen month period. The fair value of the contingent consideration receivable for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $0.5 million .

Contingent Consideration Obligation

The significant inputs used to derive the fair value of the contingent consideration obligation include financial forecasts of future operating results, the probability of reaching the forecast and the associated discount rate. The contingent acquisition obligation remaining for the year ended December 31, 2015 was not significant.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the contingent consideration obligation measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):



(millions)	Due to Seller
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	(3.3	)
Increase related to new acquisitions	—
Payment of contingent consideration	0.9
Change in fair value	0.9
Balance at December 31, 2013	(1.5		)
Increase related to new acquisitions	—
Payment of contingent consideration	1.8
Change in fair value	(0.5		)
Balance at December 31, 2014	(0.3		)
Increase related to new acquisitions	—
Payment of contingent consideration	0.1
Change in fair value	0.2
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	—

Note: Amounts may not foot due to rounding.

For the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company recognized a benefit of $0.2 million in General and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statement of Income due to the change in fair value measurements using a level three valuation technique. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 , the Company recognized an expense and benefit, respectively, of $0.5 million and $0.9 million in General and administrative expenses due to the change in fair value measurements using a level three valuation technique. These adjustments were the result of using revised forecasts to operating results, updates to the probability of achieving the revised forecasts and updated fair value measurements that revised the Company's contingent consideration obligations related to the purchase of these businesses.

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the assets are measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). Non-financial assets such as goodwill, intangible assets, and leasehold improvements, equipment land and construction in progress are subsequently measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when an impairment is recognized. The Company assesses the impairment of intangible assets annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable. The fair value of its goodwill and intangible assets is not estimated if there is no change in events or circumstances that indicate the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable. The Company has not recorded impairment charges related to its business acquisitions. The purchase price of business acquisitions is primarily allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates, with the excess recorded as goodwill. The Company utilizes Level 3 inputs in the determination of the initial fair value.

Table of Contents

Financial Instruments not Measured at Fair Value

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments not measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2015 and 2014 :



	2015				2014
(millions)	Carrying Amount		Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Fair Value
Cash and cash equivalents	$	18.7	$	18.7	$	18.2	$	18.2
Long-term borrowings
Senior credit facility, net of original discount on borrowings and deferred financing costs	223.1		223.1		248.4		248.4
Other obligations	$	2.0	$	2.0	$	2.4	$	2.4

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments and would be classified as a Level 1. The fair value of the Senior Credit Facility and Other obligations were estimated to not be materially different from the carrying amount and are generally measured using a discounted cash flow analysis based on current market interest rates for similar types of financial instruments and would be classified as a Level 2.

11. Borrowing Arrangements

Long-term borrowings, in order of preference, consisted of the following:



		Amount Outstanding
		December 31,
(millions)	Maturity Date	2015		2014
Senior credit facility, net of original discount on borrowings and deferred financing costs	(1) / (2)	$	223.1	$	248.4
Other borrowings	Various	2.0		2.4
Total obligations under credit facility and other borrowings		225.1		250.8
Less: Current portion of obligations under credit facility and other borrowings		15.2		14.5
Total long-term obligations under credit facility and other borrowings		$	209.9	$	236.3

(1) Credit Agreement was due to mature October 2, 2017

(2) Restated Credit Agreement matures on February 20, 2020.

Aggregate minimum principal maturities of long-term borrowings for the fiscal years following December 31, 2015 , are as follows:



(millions)
2016	$	16.5
2017	20.4
2018	20.1
2019	20.0
2020	152.3
Thereafter	—
Total debt	229.3
Less: Current portion, including debt discount	15.2
Less: Original discount on borrowings	1.8
Less: Deferred financing costs	2.4
Total long-term portion, obligations under credit facility and other borrowings	$	209.9

Table of Contents

Senior Credit Facility

On October 2, 2012, the Company entered into a credit agreement ("Credit Agreement") with Bank of America, N.A. ("Bank of America"), as administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. ("Wells Fargo Bank") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as co-syndication agents, U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-documentation agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, and the lenders party thereto.

Pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Credit Agreement, the Lenders made available to the Company a secured senior credit facility (the "Senior Credit Facility") that permitted aggregate borrowings of $450.0 million consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility of up to $200.0 million at any time outstanding, which includes a letter of credit facility that is limited to $100.0 million at any time outstanding, and (ii) a term loan facility of $250.0 million. The Senior Credit Facility was due to mature on October 2, 2017.

Amended and Restated Credit Facility

On February 20, 2015 (“Restatement Date”), the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Restated Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), as administrative agent, an issuing lender and swing-line lender; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as an issuing lender and syndication agent; U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and BMO Harris Bank N.A., as co-documentation agents; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers; and the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”). The Restated Credit Agreement reflects modifications to, and an extension of, the Senior Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Restated Credit Agreement, the Lenders have made available to the Company a senior secured credit facility (the “Restated Credit Facility”) that permits aggregate borrowings of $400.0 million consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility of up to $200.0 million at any time outstanding, which includes a $100.0 million sublimit for letters of credit and a $20.0 million sublimit for swing-line loans, and (ii) a term loan facility of $200.0 million (reduced from $250.0 million under the Senior Credit Facility). The Company may request increases of the revolving credit facility in an aggregate additional principal amount of $100.0 million . The Restated Credit Facility matures on February 20, 2020.

The entire amount of the term loan portion of the Restated Credit Facility had been drawn by the Company as of the Amended and Restatement Date (including approximately $10.4 million drawn on such date) and is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization of principal as follows: (i) $15.0 million in the first year, (ii) $15.0 million in the second year, (iii) $20.0 million in the third year, (iv) $20.0 million in the fourth year, (v) $20.0 million in the fifth year and (vi) $110.0 million in the sixth year. The Company also had outstanding borrowings of $147.3 million (including $53.4 million in letters of credit) under the revolving credit facility as of the Restatement Date.

Borrowings under the Restated Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, (i) at a rate per annum based on the Company’s consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio for the 12 -month period ending as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, determined in accordance with the pricing levels set forth in the Restated Credit Agreement (the “ Applicable Margin”), plus LIBOR or (ii) the Applicable Margin plus the highest of (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% , (y) the Bank of America prime rate and (z) a daily rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.0% (the highest of (x), (y) and (z), the “Base Rate”), except that all swing-line loans will bear interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

Under the terms of the Restated Credit Agreement, the Company is required to maintain a maximum consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio of not greater than 4.0 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending during the period from the Amended and Restatement Date through September 30, 2015, (ii) 3.75 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending during the period from October 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016, and (iii) 3.5 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending thereafter. In addition, the Company is required to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25 :1.0.

Each wholly owned domestic subsidiary of the Company (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Restated Credit Agreement) has guaranteed all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of the other guarantors and the Company arising under the Restated Credit Agreement. The Company’s obligations under the Restated Credit Agreement and such domestic subsidiaries’ guaranty obligations are secured by substantially all of their respective assets.

The Company was in compliance with all of its covenants as of December 31, 2015 .

Table of Contents

The weighted average interest rate on our Senior Credit Facility and Restated Credit Facility was 2.6% and 3.2% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The rate includes all outstanding LIBOR contracts, cash flow hedge effectiveness effect and letters of credit. The weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings, not including letters of credit, was 2.7% and 3.2% , respectively, at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 .

At December 31, 2015 , the Company had $105.3 million of borrowing availability under the Restated Credit Agreement, of which the Company could have borrowed $82.7 million on December 31, 2015 and remained in compliance with the above described covenants as of such date. The additional borrowing availability under the Restated Credit Agreement is limited only as of the Company's fiscal quarter end by the covenant restrictions described above. At December 31, 2015 , the Company had $52.4 million of letters of credit outstanding under the Restated Credit Agreement with aggregate borrowings against the Restated Credit Agreement of $227.3 million (excluding debt discount of $1.8 million and deferred financing cost of $2.4 million ).

In connection with and effective upon the execution and delivery of the Restated Credit Agreement on February 20, 2015, the Company recorded losses on extinguishment of debt, relating to debt discount and debt issuance costs, of $0.6 million.

See Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices for additional information regarding the treatment of debt issuance costs under ASU 2015-3, which requires such costs to be a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability.

Subordinated Convertible Debentures

The Company acquired Subordinated Convertible Debentures ("Convertible Debentures") as a result of the acquisition of Central. The subordinated debenture holders have the right to redeem the Convertible Debentures for $19.18 per share upon their stated maturity (April 1, 2028) or upon acceleration or earlier repayment of the Convertible Debentures. There were $0.1 million and no significant redemptions during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The approximate redemption value of the Convertible Debentures outstanding at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 is $1.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

12. Leases and Contingencies

The Company operates parking facilities under operating leases expiring on various dates. Certain of the leases contain options to renew at the Company's discretion. Total future annual rent expense is not determinable as a portion of such future rent is contingent based on revenues of the parking facilities.

At December 31, 2015 , the Company's minimum rental commitments, excluding contingent rent provisions and sublease income under all non-cancellable operating leases, are as follows:



(millions)
2016	$	222.0
2017	190.6
2018	158.7
2019	137.2
2020	70.4
2021 and thereafter	206.2
Total	$	985.1

(1) $18.6 is included in 2016 minimum commitments for leases that expire in less than one year.

Rent expense, including contingent rents, was $400.3 million, $330.8 million and $326.8 million in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Contingent rent expense was $186.2 , $139.7 million and $133.9 million in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Contingent rent expense consists primarily of percentage rent payments, which will cease at various times as certain leases expire. Future sublease income under all non-cancellable operating leases was $29.8 million as of December 31, 2015 .

The Company accrued no contingent payment obligations outstanding under the previous business combination accounting pronouncement for the year ended December 31, 2015 . The Company has recorded a contingency obligation for acquisitions subsequent to the adoption of the most recent guidance on business combinations, in the amount of $0.1 million and $0.3 million, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

The Company has contractual provisions under certain lease contracts to complete structural or other improvements to leased properties and incurs repair costs, including improvements and repairs arising as a result of ordinary wear and tear. The Company evaluates the nature of those costs when incurred and either capitalizes the costs as leasehold improvements, as applicable, or recognizes the costs as repair expenses within Cost of Parking Services-Leases within the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Table of Contents

13. Income Taxes

For financial reporting purposes, earnings before income

taxes includes the following components:



	Year Ended December 31,
(millions)	2015		2014		2013
United States	$	21.7	$	23.5	$	21.4
Foreign	3.4		2.4		2.2
Total	$	25.1	$	25.9	$	23.6

The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:



	Year Ended December 31,
(millions)	2015			2014			2013
Current provision
U.S. federal	$	11.5		$	9.5		$	3.2
Foreign	1.2			0.8			0.7
State	1.8			1.6			2.2
Total current	14.5			11.9			6.1
Deferred provision
U.S. federal	(4.9		)	(1.5		)	2.3
Foreign	0.1			0.1			(0.1		)
State	(4.9		)	(10.7		)	0.5
Total deferred	(9.7		)	(12.1		)	2.7
Income tax expense (benefit)	$	4.8		$	(0.2	)	$	8.8

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amount used for income tax purposes.

Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:



	December 31,
(millions)	2015			2014
Deferred tax assets
Net operating loss carry forwards	$	20.6		$	22.0
Accrued expenses	34.1			34.3
Accrued compensation	12.1			12.0
Book over tax cost unfavorable acquired lease contracts	20.6			25.2
Other	0.7			0.4
Total gross deferred tax assets	88.1			93.9
Less: valuation allowance	(6.8		)	(12.3		)
Total deferred tax assets	81.3			81.6
Deferred tax liabilities
Prepaid expenses	(0.4		)	(0.6		)
Undistributed foreign earnings	(1.0		)	(0.8		)
Tax over book depreciation and amortization	(11.0		)	(16.7		)
Tax over book goodwill amortization	(28.7		)	(28.7		)
Tax over book cost favorable acquired lease contracts	(15.6		)	(19.8		)
Equity investments in unconsolidated entities	(8.8		)	(9.2		)
Other	(0.1		)	(0.7		)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(65.6		)	(76.5		)
Net deferred tax asset	$	15.7		$	5.1

Table of Contents

Amounts recognized on the balance sheet consist of:



	December 31,
(millions)	2015		2014
Deferred tax asset, current	$	12.3	$	10.9
Other assets, net / Deferred tax (liability)	3.4		(5.8		)
Net deferred tax asset	$	15.7	$	5.1

The accounting guidance for accounting for income taxes requires that the Company assess the realisability of deferred tax assets at each reporting period. These assessments generally consider several factors including the reversal of existing temporary differences, projected future taxable income, and potential tax planning strategies. The Company has valuation allowances totaling $6.8 million and $12.3 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, primarily related to our state Net Operating Loss carryforwards ("NOLs") and state tax credit that the Company believes are not likely to be realized based on upon its estimates of future taxable income, limitations on the uses of its state NOLs, and the carryforward life over which the state tax benefit is realized. The Company recognized a $5.5 million benefit for the reversal of a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets established for the historical net operating losses. The valuation allowance was reversed primarily due to changes in the New York City tax laws enacted April 1, 2015 and an entity restructuring undertaken in the fourth quarter of 2015, which resulted in the Company determining that the future benefit of the net operating loss carryforwards were more likely than not to be realized.

The Company has $19.7 million of tax-effected state net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2015 , which will expire in years 2016 through 2035. As noted above, the utilization of the state net operating loss carryforwards of the Company are limited due to the ownership change in June 2004 and are also limited due to the Central Merger.

Since 2005, the Company has treated its investment in its Canadian subsidiary as non-permanent in duration and provided taxes on the undistributed Canadian earnings. As of December 31, 2015 , the Company treats approximately $2.4 million of Canadian earnings as permanently reinvested to meet the Canadian subsidiary's working capital requirements. The amount of tax that may be payable on the distribution of such earnings to the United States is approximately $1.0 million. Generally, such amounts will become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends and under certain other circumstances. The Company has provided taxes for the remaining undistributed earnings of its Canadian subsidiary in excess of the permanently reinvested amount. The Company is treating its cumulative earnings of $5.6 million in its Puerto Rico subsidiary as permanent in duration to satisfy current working capital requirements. The amount of tax that may be payable on a distribution of such earnings to the United States is $2.5 million.

A reconciliation of the Company's reported income tax provision (benefit) to the amount computed by multiplying book income before income taxes by the statutory United States federal income tax rate is as follows:



	Year Ended December 31,
(millions)	2015			2014			2013
Tax at statutory rate	$	8.8		$	9.1		$	8.3
Permanent differences	1.4			1.0			0.8
State taxes, net of federal benefit	0.3			0.8			1.4
Effect of foreign tax rates	(0.1		)	—			—
Minority interest	(1.0		)	(1.1		)	(0.9		)
Equity investments in unconsolidated entities	—			2.4			—
Current year adjustment to deferred taxes	1.5			(1.3		)	4.0
Recognition of tax credits	(1.2		)	(1.5		)	(1.7		)
Other	0.6			(0.5		)	0.9
	10.3			8.9			12.8
Change in valuation allowance	(5.5		)	(9.1		)	(4.0		)
Income tax (benefit) expense	$	4.8		$	(0.2	)	$	8.8

Taxes paid, which are for United States federal income tax, certain state income taxes, and foreign income taxes were $18.1 million, $1.3 million, and $1.3 million in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 the Company had not identified any uncertain tax positions that would have a material impact on the Company's financial position.

Table of Contents

The Company recognizes potential interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, in income tax expense. The tax years that remain subject to examination for the Company's major tax jurisdictions as of December 31, 2015 are shown below:



2011 - 2015		United States—federal income tax
2007 - 2015		United States—state and local income tax
2012 - 2015		Foreign—Canada and Puerto Rico

14. Benefit Plans

Deferred Compensation Arrangements

The Company offers deferred compensation arrangements for certain key executives. Subject to their continued employment by the Company, certain employees are offered supplemental pension arrangements in which the employees will receive a defined monthly benefit upon attaining age 65 . At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the Company has accrued $3.7 million and $5.0 million, respectively, representing the present value of the future benefit payments. Expenses related to these plans amounted to $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $0.1 million in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

The Company also has agreements with certain former key executives that provide for aggregate annual payments for periods ranging from 10 years to life, beginning when the executive retires or upon death or disability. Under certain conditions, the amount of deferred benefits can be reduced. Compensation costs for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 were $0.1 million, $1.0 million and $0.6 million , respectively. The Company had recorded a liability of $3.8 million and $4.2 million associated with these agreements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

Life insurance contracts with a face value of approximately $6.9 million and $10.8 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 have been purchased to fund, as necessary, the benefits under the Company's deferred compensation agreements. The cash surrender value of the life insurance contracts is approximately $3.9 million and $3.9 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, and classified as non-current assets and included in Other assets, net within the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The plan is a non-qualified plan and is not subject to ERISA funding requirements.

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company sponsored two savings and retirement plans whereby the participants may elect to contribute a portion of their compensation to the plans. The two plans merged effective January 1, 2014 into a single plan. The plan is a qualified defined contribution plan 401(k). The Company contributes an amount in cash or other property as a Company match equal to 50% of the first 6% of contributions as they occur. Expenses related to the Company's 401(k) match amounted to $2.1 million, $1.8 million, and $1.8 million in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

The Company also offers a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to those employees whose participation in its 401(k) plan is limited by statute or regulation. This plan allows certain employees to defer a portion of their compensation, limited to a maximum of $0.1 million per year, to be paid to the participants upon separation of employment or distribution date selected by employee. To support the non-qualified deferred compensation plan, the Company has elected to purchase Company Owned Life Insurance ("COLI") policies on certain plan participants. The cash surrender value of the COLI policies is designed to provide a source for funding the non-qualified deferred compensation liability. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the cash surrender value of the COLI policies is $10.9 million and $9.9 million, respectively and classified as non-current assets in Other Assets, net within the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The liability for the non-qualified deferred compensation plan is included in Other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and was $12.5 million and $11.3 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

Multi-Employer Defined Benefit and Contribution Plans

The Company contributes to a number of multiemployer defined benefit plans under the terms of collective-bargaining agreements that cover its union-represented employees. The risks of participating in these multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:


•	Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.


•	If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.


•	If the Company chooses to stop participating in one of its multiemployer plans, it may be required to pay the plan an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as withdrawal liability.

The Company's contributions represented more than 5% of total contributions to the Teamsters Local Union No. 727 and Local 272 Labor Management Benefit Funds for the plan year ending February 28, 2015 and November 30, 2015, respectively. The Company does not represent more than five percent to any other fund. The Company's participation in this plan for the annual periods ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , is outlined in the table below. The "EIN/Pension Plan Number" column provides the Employee Identification Number ("EIN") and the three-digit plan number, if applicable. The zone status is based on information that the Company

Table of Contents

received from the plan and is certified by the plan's actuary. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65 percent funded, plans in the yellow zone are less than 80 percent funded, and plans in the green zone are at least 80 percent funded. The "FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented" column indicates plans for which a Financial Improvement Plan ("FIP") or a Rehabilitation Plan ("RP") is either pending or has been implemented.

The " Expiration Date of Collective Bargaining Agreement " column lists the expiration dates of the agreements to which the plans are subject.



	EIN/ Pension Plan Number	Pension Protection Zone Status			FIP/FR Pending Implementation	Contributions (millions)							Zone Status as of the Most Recent Annual Report	Expiration Date of Collective Bargaining Agreement
Pension	EIN/ Pension Plan Number	2015	2014	2013	FIP/FR Pending Implementation	2015		2014		2013		Surcharge Imposed	Zone Status as of the Most Recent Annual Report	Expiration Date of Collective Bargaining Agreement
Teamsters Local Union 727	36-61023973	Green	Green	Green	N/A	$	3.5	$	3.3	$	3.4	No	2015	10/31/2016
Local 272 Labor Management	13-5673836	Green	N/A	Green	N/A	$	2.2	$	2.0	$	2.4	No	2015	3/5/2021
Local 911 (Los Angeles Airport)	216271	Green	N/A	N/A	N/A	$	2.2	$	—	$	—	No	2015	6/30/2016

Net expenses for contributions not reimbursed by clients and related to multiemployer defined benefit and defined contribution benefit plans were $4.6 million, $2.7 million and $0.6 million in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

In the event that the Company decides to cease participating in these plans, the Company could be assessed a withdrawal liability. The Company currently does not have any intentions to cease participating in these multiemployer pension plans and therefore would not trigger the withdrawal liability.

15. Management Contracts and Related Arrangements with Affiliates

Closing Agreements

In connection with the Central Merger, on February 28, 2012, the Company entered into initial Closing Agreements (the "Initial Closing Agreements") with each of Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P. and Lubert-Adler Real Estate Parallel Fund V, L.P. (collectively, "Lubert-Adler Entities"); each of Kohlberg Investors V, L.P., Kohlberg TE Investors V, L.P., Kohlberg Partners V, L.P., Kohlberg Offshore Investors V, L.P., and KOCO Investors V, L.P. (collectively, the "Kohlberg Entities"); and each of Versa Capital Fund I, L.P. and Versa Capital Fund I Parallel, L.P. (collectively, the "Versa Entities"). As of the most recent filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Lubert-Adler Entities collectively own approximately 6.0% of our common stock, the Kohlberg Entities collectively own approximately 16.2% of our common stock, and the Versa Entities collectively own approximately 3.7% of our common stock. In addition, Paul Halpern, one of the Company's directors, is affiliated with the Versa Entities; and Jonathan P. Ward and Gordon H. Woodward, both directors, are affiliated with the Kohlberg Entities.

Under the Initial Closing Agreements, the Lubert-Adler, Kohlberg and Versa Entities (collectively, the "Central Stockholders") agreed, among other things, to vote their shares of our common stock in accordance with the Board's recommendations or, in specified cases, in proportion to the votes made by the Company's other stockholders, until October 2, 2015.

Additionally, the Initial Closing Agreements provide that each Central Stockholder will be subject to a four -year "standstill period" following the closing of the Merger, during which each such Central Stockholder will not, among other things, (i) acquire any additional voting securities of the Company, (ii) seek or propose a merger, acquisition, tender offer or other extraordinary transaction with respect to the Company, (iii) call a meeting of Company stockholders or initiate a stockholder proposal, or (iv) form a "group" with any person with respect to Company securities.

The Initial Closing Agreements also impose certain restrictive covenants on some of the Central Stockholders, including, among others, (i) non-compete covenants, (ii) non-solicitation covenants, (iii) confidentiality obligations and (iv) non-disparagement requirements.

The foregoing description of the Initial Closing Agreements does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Closing Agreements, copies of which are attached to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012 as Exhibits 10.2 through 10.4 and incorporated by reference herein.

In connection with the Central Merger, on October 2, 2012, the Company entered into Additional Closing Agreements (the "Additional Closing Agreements") with the Central Stockholders. Pursuant to the terms of the Additional Closing Agreements, the Kohlberg, Lubert-Adler and Versa Entities have each agreed that, until October 2, 2015 and for so long as it owns in the aggregate (together with its affiliates, all other Central stockholders and their respective affiliates and any other persons with which any of the foregoing

Table of Contents

form a "group") beneficially or of record more than 10% of Company issued and outstanding common stock, to cause the shares of our common stock held by them to be counted as present at any meeting of Company stockholders and to vote, in person or by proxy, all of such shares of Company common stock as follows:

From October 2, 2013 until October 2, 2014:


•	with respect to the election of directors to the Company's Board, "for" any nominees recommended by the Board; and


•	with respect to all other matters submitted for a vote of Company stockholders, in accordance with the recommendation of the Board with respect to such matters.

From October 2, 2014 until October 2, 2015:


•	with respect to the election of directors to the Board, "for" any nominees recommended by our Board; and


•	with respect to all other matters submitted for a vote of Company stockholders, in proportion to the votes cast by all of the Company's other stockholders.

The Additional Closing Agreements also provide that the Kohlberg, Lubert-Adler and Versa Entities will be subject to a four -year standstill period following the Closing Date, during which time, such Central Stockholder will not, among other things, (i) acquire or agree to acquire any additional voting securities of the Company, (ii) seek or propose a merger, acquisition, tender offer or other extraordinary transaction with or involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective securities or assets, (iii) call a meeting of the stockholders of the Company or initiate a stockholder proposal or (iv) form a "group" (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) with any person (other than an affiliate of such Central Stockholder) with respect to the acquisition or voting of any of the Company's voting securities.

The Additional Closing Agreements impose certain restrictive covenants on the Kohlberg and Versa Entities, including (i) confidentiality obligations with respect to the Company confidential information and (ii) non- disparagement requirements. The Lubert-Adler Entity is subject to confidentiality obligations with respect to its confidential information pursuant to the terms of its Additional Closing Agreement.

The foregoing description of the Additional Closing Agreements does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Additional Closing Agreements, copies of which are attached as Exhibits 10.2 through 10.8 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 2, 2012.

Agreements Related to Myron C. Warshauer

Myron C. Warshauer was a director from April 2013 to April 2015 and our chief executive officer until October 15, 2001, when his employment period terminated under the employment agreement with him dated as of March 30, 1998. This agreement, which was amended on July 7, 2003 and May 10, 2004, requires the Company to pay Mr. Warshauer various post-employment benefits. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, Mr. Warshauer received payments of $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively, which included payments for health and dental insurance, office space and secretarial coverage. No post-employment benefits were made for the year ended 2015.

In addition, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Shoreline Enterprises, LLC, which is solely owned by Myron C. Warshauer, dated October 16, 2001, as amended on May 10, 2004. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Warshauer provided consulting services under the title of Vice Chairman (Emeritus), which title and role is not that of an officer, director, employee or agent of the Company. Under this agreement, the Company paid Shoreline $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. No payments were made to Shoreline for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Both of these agreements terminated on December 5, 2014.

Related Arrangements with Affiliates

In 2013 the Company provided property management services for twelve separate retail shopping centers and commercial office buildings in which D&E Parking, Inc. has an ownership interest. Edward Simmons, a former executive officer of the Company, has an ownership interest in D&E. In consideration of the property management services the Company provided for these twelve properties, the Company recorded net management fees totaling $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. No such management fee was recognized during 2015 and 2014.

16. Bradley Agreement

The Company entered into a 25 -year agreement with the State of Connecticut ("State") that expires on April 6, 2025, under which it operates the surface parking and 3,500 garage parking spaces at Bradley International Airport ("Bradley") located in the Hartford, Connecticut metropolitan area.

The parking garage was financed through the issuance of State of Connecticut special facility revenue bonds and provides that the Company deposits, with the trustee for the bondholders, all gross revenues collected from operations of the surface and garage parking. From these gross revenues, the trustee pays debt service on the special facility revenue bonds outstanding, operating and capital maintenance expense of the surface and garage parking facilities, and specific annual guaranteed minimum payments to the state. Principal and interest on the Bradley special facility revenue bonds increase from approximately $3.6 million in contract

Table of Contents

year 2002 to approximately $4.5 million in contract year 2025. Annual guaranteed minimum payments to the State increase from approximately $8.3 million contract year 2002 to approximately $13.2 million in contract year 2024. The annual minimum guaranteed payment to the State by the trustee for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $11.0 million and $10.8 million, respectively. All of the cash flow from the parking facilities are pledged to the security of the special facility revenue bonds and are collected and deposited with the bond trustee. Each month the bond trustee makes certain required monthly distributions, which are characterized as "Guaranteed Payments." To the extent the monthly gross receipts generated by the parking facilities are not sufficient for the trustee to make the required Guaranteed Payments, the Company is obligated to deliver the deficiency amount to the trustee, with such deficiency payments representing interest bearing advances to the trustee. The Company does not directly guarantee the payment of any principal or interest on any debt obligations of the State of Connecticut or the trustee.

The following is the list of Guaranteed Payments:


•	Garage and surface operating expenses,


•	Principal and interest on the special facility revenue bonds,


•	Trustee expenses,


•	Major maintenance and capital improvement deposits; and


•	State minimum guarantee.

To the extent sufficient funds exist, the trustee is then directed to reimburse the Company for deficiency payments up to the amount of the calculated surplus, with the Company having the right to be repaid the principal amount of any and all deficiency payments, together with actual interest and premium, not to exceed 10% of the initial deficiency payment. The Company calculates and records interest and premium income along with deficiency principal repayments as a reduction of cost of parking services in the period the associated deficiency repayment is received from the trustee. The Company believes these advances to be fully recoverable as the Bradley Agreement places no time restriction on the Company's right to reimbursement. The reimbursement of principal, interest and premium will be recognized when received.

The total deficiency payments, net of reimbursements, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:



	December 31,
(millions)	2015			2014
Balance at beginning of year	$	13.3		$	14.6
Deficiency payments made	0.1			—
Deficiency repayment received	(1.8		)	(1.3		)
Balance at end of year	$	11.6		$	13.3

For the year ended December 31, 2015 , the Company received deficiency repayments (net of deficiency payments made) of $1.7 million and received interest of $0.4 million and premium of $0.2 million, with the net of these amounts recorded as reduction in Cost of parking services within the Consolidated Statements of Income. For the year ended December 31, 2014 , the Company received deficiency payments (net of deficiency payments made) of $1.3 million and received interest of $0.5 million and premium of $0.1 million, with the net of these amounts recorded as additional cost of parking services within the Consolidated Statements of Income. There were no amounts of estimated deficiency payments accrued as of December 31, 2015 , as the Company concluded that the potential for future deficiency payments did not meet the criteria of both probable and estimable.

In addition to the recovery of certain general and administrative expenses incurred, the Bradley Agreement provides for an annual management fee payment, which is based on operating profit tiers. The annual management fee is further apportioned 60% to the Company and 40% to an un-affiliated entity and the annual management fee will be paid to the extent funds are available for the trustee to make distribution, and are paid after Guaranteed Payments (as defined in the Bradley Agreement) repayment of all deficiency payments, including interest and premium. Cumulative management fees of approximately $15.7 million and $14.7 million have not been recognized as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, and no management fees were recognized as revenue during 2015 , 2014 or 2013 .

Table of Contents

17. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges and foreign currency translation adjustments. The components of changes in accumulated comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, were as follows:



(millions)	Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments			Effective Portion of Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivative			Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	0.1		$	(0.5	)	$	(0.4	)
Change in other comprehensive income (loss)	(0.5		)	1.0			0.5
Balance as of December 31, 2013	(0.4		)	0.5			0.1
Change in other comprehensive income (loss)	(0.2		)	(0.2		)	(0.3		)
Balance as of December 31, 2014	(0.5		)	0.3			(0.2		)
Change in other comprehensive income (loss)	(0.7		)	(0.2		)	(0.9		)
Balance as of December 31, 2015	$	(1.2	)	$	0.1		$	(1.1	)

Note: Amounts may not foot due to rounding.

18. Legal Proceedings

The Company is subject to litigation in the normal course of its business. The outcomes of legal proceedings and claims brought against it and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. The Company accrues a charge against income when its management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In addition, the Company accrues for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against it by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of its intent to appeal. In addition, the Company is from time-to-time party to litigation administrative proceedings and union grievances that arise in the normal course of business, and occasionally pays non-material amounts to resolve claims or alleged violations of regulatory requirements. There are no "normal course" matters that separately or in the aggregate, would, in the opinion of management, have a material adverse effect on its operation, financial condition or cash flow.

In determining the appropriate accounting for loss contingencies, the Company considers the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as its ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss. The Company regularly evaluates current information available to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant judgment.

19. Domestic and Foreign Operations

Business Unit Segment Information

Segment information is presented in accordance with a "management approach," which designates the internal reporting used by the chief operating decision maker for making decisions and assessing performance as the source of the Company's reportable segments. The Company's segments are organized in a manner consistent with which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing the Company's overall performance.

An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses, and about which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Company's president and chief executive officer. The business is managed based on regions administered by executive vice presidents. Each of the operating segments is directly responsible for revenue and expenses related to their operations including direct regional administrative costs. Finance, information technology, human resources, and legal are shared functions that are not allocated back to the four operating segments. The chief operating decision maker assesses the performance of each operating segment using information about its revenue and operating income (loss) before interest, taxes, and depreciation and amortization, but does not evaluate operating segments using discrete asset information. There are no inter-segment transactions and the Company does not allocate interest and other income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization or taxes to operating segments. The accounting policies for segment reporting are the same as for the Company as a whole.

Table of Contents

On January 1, 2015, the Company changed its internal reporting segment information reported to its CODM. All periods presented have been restated to reflect the new internal reporting to the CODM. The following includes the current internal reporting:


•	Region One encompasses operations in Delaware, District of Columbia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Northern California, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, Wisconsin and three Canadian provinces of Alberta, Ontario and Quebec.


•	Region Two encompasses operations in Alabama, Arizona, Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Kansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Carolina, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Southern California, Tennessee, Texas, Utah and Puerto Rico.


•	Region Three encompasses operations in the New York metropolitan tri-state area of New York, New Jersey and Connecticut.


•	Region Four encompasses all major airport and transportation operations nationwide.


•	Region Five encompasses other reporting units of USA Parking and event planning and transportation services.


•	Other consists of ancillary revenue that is not specifically identifiable to a region and insurance reserve adjustments related to prior years.

The following is a summary of revenues (excluding reimbursed management contract revenue) and gross profit by operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 :



	Year Ended December 31,
(millions)	2015		Gross Margin		2014		Gross Margin		2013			Gross Margin
Parking services revenue (a)
Region One
Lease contracts	$	208.1			$	206.0			$	199.1
Management contracts	84.7				84.0				95.3
Total Region One	292.8				290.0				294.4
Region Two
Lease contracts	125.7				119.9				124.0
Management contracts	79.6				83.2				87.0
Total Region Two	205.3				203.1				211.0
Region Three
Lease contracts	108.8				117.8				120.6
Management contracts	27.8				25.8				23.4
Total Region Three	136.6				143.6				144.0
Region Four
Lease contracts	123.8				48.5				43.7
Management contracts	100.6				103.3				96.6
Total Region Four	224.4				151.8				140.3
Region Five
Lease contracts	4.4				2.7				2.6
Management contracts	43.8				29.8				33.7
Total Region Five	48.2				32.5				36.3
Other
Lease contracts	—				1.7				(0.4		)
Management contracts	13.9				12.2				11.3
Total Other	13.9				13.9				10.9
Reimbursed management contract revenue	694.7				679.8				629.9
Total revenues	$	1,615.9			$	1,514.7			$	1,466.8
Gross Profit
Region One
Lease contracts	12.5		6	%	12.4		6	%	$	10.6		5	%
Management contracts	38.0		45	%	36.0		43	%	42.8			45	%
Total Region One	50.5				48.4				53.4

Table of Contents



	Year Ended December 31,
(millions)	2015			Gross Margin		2014			Gross Margin		2013			Gross Margin
Region Two
Lease contracts	21.1			17	%	19.8			17	%	18.9			15	%
Management contracts	32.9			41	%	35.8			43	%	38.8			45	%
Total Region Two	54.0					55.6					57.7
Region Three
Lease contracts	2.2			2	%	4.7			4	%	(0.1		)	—	%
Management contracts	14.2			51	%	14.3			55	%	12.6			54	%
Total Region Three	16.4					19.0					12.5
Region Four
Lease contracts	5.5			4	%	3.6			7	%	3.2			7	%
Management contracts	24.5			24	%	26.4			26	%	24.6			25	%
Total Region Four	30.0					30.0					27.8
Region Five
Lease contracts	0.3			7	%	0.2			8	%	—			(2	)%
Management contracts	11.4			26	%	11.7			39	%	11.3			34	%
Total Region Five	11.7					11.9					11.3
Other
Lease contracts	(3.5		)	N/A		0.2			N/A		0.9			N/A
Management contracts	11.0			N/A		6.2			N/A		8.5			N/A
Total Other	7.5					6.4					9.4
Total gross profit	170.1					171.3					172.1
General and administrative expenses	97.3					101.5					98.9
General and administrative expense percentage of gross profit	57		%			59		%			57		%
Depreciation and amortization	34.0					30.3					31.2
Operating income	38.8					39.5					42.0
Other expenses (income):
Interest expense	12.7					17.8					19.0
Interest income	(0.2		)			(0.4		)			(0.6		)
Gain on sale of business	(0.5		)			—					—
Gain on contribution of a business to an unconsolidated entity	—					(4.1		)			—
Equity in losses from investment in unconsolidated entity	1.7					0.3					—
	13.7					13.6					18.4
Income before income taxes	25.1					25.9					23.6
Income tax (benefit) expense	4.8					(0.2		)			8.8
Net income	20.3					26.1					14.8
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	2.9					3.0					2.7
Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation	$	17.4				$	23.1				$	12.1

Table of Contents

On January 1, 2016, the Company changed its internal reporting segment information reported to its CODM. The Company will prospectively report on the following regions beginning in 2016 and restate prior periods presented to reflect the internal reporting to the CODM:

•

Region One (Urban) encompasses operations in Alabama, Arizona, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Carolina, Northern California, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Southern California, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, Wisconsin, Puerto Rico, and three Canadian provinces of Alberta, Ontario and Quebec.


•	Region Two (Airport transportation) encompasses all major airport and transportation operations nationwide.


•	Region Three encompasses other reporting units of USA Parking and event planning and transportation services.


•	Other consists of ancillary revenue that is not specifically identifiable to a region and certain unallocated insurance reserve adjustments.

20. Unaudited Quarterly Results

The following table sets forth the Company's unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of income data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 . The unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial information and, in management's opinion, includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the information for the quarters presented. Historically, the Company's operating results have varied from quarter to quarter and are expected to continue to fluctuate in the future. These fluctuations have been due to a number of factors, including: general economic conditions in its markets; acquisitions; additions of contracts; expiration and termination of contracts; conversion of lease contracts to management contracts; conversion of management contracts to lease contracts and changes in terms of contracts that are retained and timing of general and administrative expenditures.

The operating results for any historical quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

Table of Contents



	2015												2014
(millions, except for share and per share data)	First Quarter			Second Quarter			Third Quarter			Fourth Quarter			First Quarter			Second Quarter			Third Quarter			Fourth Quarter
	(Unaudited)												(Unaudited)
Parking services revenue
Lease contracts	$	135.8		$	146.4		$	146.6		$	142.1		$	116.6		$	125.0		$	129.0		$	126.0
Management contracts	94.1			88.3			85.8			82.1			90.0			84.9			77.9			85.5
Reimbursed management contract revenue	174.3			170.9			168.3			181.2			169.2			164.5			173.4			172.7
Total revenue	404.2			405.6			400.7			405.4			375.8			374.4			380.3			384.2
Cost of parking services
Lease contracts	128.7			134.5			136.0			133.6			112.1			112.0			116.5			115.1
Management contracts	60.0			53.8			53.6			50.9			59.2			50.0			46.8			51.9
Reimbursed management contract expense	174.3			170.9			168.3			181.2			169.2			164.5			173.4			172.7
Total cost of parking services	363.0			359.2			357.9			365.7			340.5			326.5			336.7			339.7
Gross profit
Lease contracts	7.1			11.9			10.6			8.5			4.5			13.0			12.5			10.9
Management contracts	34.1			34.5			32.2			31.2			30.8			34.9			31.1			33.6
Total gross profit	41.2			46.4			42.8			39.7			35.3			47.9			43.6			44.5
General and administrative expenses	25.7			24.7			23.8			23.1			26.1			25.0			24.1			26.3
Depreciation and amortization	7.9			8.2			8.2			9.7			7.2			7.7			7.6			7.8
Operating income	7.6			13.5			10.8			6.9			2.0			15.2			11.9			10.4
Other expense (income)
Interest expense	4.0			3.0			3.0			2.7			4.8			4.8			4.2			4.0
Interest income	(0.1		)	—			—			(0.1		)	(0.1		)	(0.1		)	(0.1		)	(0.1		)
Gain on sale of business	—			—			(0.5		)	—			—			—			—			—
Gain on contribution of a business to an unconsolidated entity	—			—			—			—			—			—			—			(4.1		)
Equity in losses from investment in unconsolidated entity	0.5			0.3			0.4			0.5			—			—			—			0.3
Total other expenses (income)	4.4			3.3			2.9			3.1			4.7			4.7			4.1			0.1
Earnings (loss) before income taxes	3.2			10.2			7.9			3.8			(2.7		)	10.5			7.8			10.3
Income tax expense (benefit)	1.3			(0.4		)	3.5			0.4			(7.4		)	4.2			2.8			0.2
Net income	1.9			10.6			4.4			3.4			4.7			6.3			5.0			10.1
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	0.5			0.8			0.8			0.8			0.5			0.9			0.8			0.8
Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation	$	1.4		$	9.8		$	3.6		$	2.6		$	4.2		$	5.4		$	4.2		$	9.3
Common stock data
Net income per share
Basic	$	0.06		$	0.44		$	0.17		$	0.11		$	0.20		$	0.24		$	0.20		$	0.42
Diluted	$	0.06		$	0.43		$	0.16		$	0.11		$	0.19		$	0.24		$	0.19		$	0.41
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic	22,127,725			22,145,190			22,205,707			22,276,763			21,977,836			21,991,965			21,997,394			22,071,706
Diluted	22,528,608			22,521,832			22,548,166			22,486,888			22,351,845			22,398,886			22,426,787			22,451,557

Table of Contents

21. Subsequent Events

On February 19, 2016, the Company and Central’s former stockholders received a non-appealable and binding decision from an independent public accounting firm indicating that Net Debt Working Capital as of September 30, 2012 was $291.6 million , or $6.6 million above the Upper Threshold. Therefore, the Company recognized an expense of $1.6 million ( $0.9 million , net of tax) in General and administrative expenses for certain of the other amounts disallowed under the Net Debt Working Capital calculation as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively.

See Note 2. Acquisition for disclosure regarding the non-appealable and binding decision by the independent public accounting firm on Net Debt Working Capital, including impacts to our Consolidated Financial Statements, and the Company's indemnification from Central's former stockholders for for certain defined adverse consequences as set forth in the Merger Agreement (including with respect to Structural and Repair Costs).

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.



	SP PLUS CORPORATION
Date: March 1, 2016	By:	/s/ VANCE C. JOHNSTON
		Vance C. Johnston
		Executive Vice President,
		Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
		(Principal Financial Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.



Signature	Title	Date
/s/ G MARC BAUMANN	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	March 1, 2016
G Marc Baumann
/s/ KAREN M. GARRISON	Director	March 1, 2016
Karen M. Garrison
/s/ PAUL HALPERN	Director	March 1, 2016
Paul Halpern
/s/ ROBERT S. ROATH	Director	March 1, 2016
Robert S. Roath
/s/ WYMAN T. ROBERTS	Director	March 1, 2016
Wyman T. Roberts
/s/ DOUGLAS R. WAGGONER	Director	March 1, 2016
Douglas R. Waggoner
/s/ JONATHAN P. WARD	Director	March 1, 2016
Jonathan P. Ward
/s/ JAMES A. WILHELM	Director and Non-Executive Chairman	March 1, 2016
James A. Wilhelm
/s/ GORDON H. WOODWARD	Director	March 1, 2016
Gordon H. Woodward
/s/ VANCE C. JOHNSTON	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	March 1, 2016
Vance C. Johnston
/s/ KRISTOPHER H. ROY	Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)	March 1, 2016
Kristopher H. Roy

Table of Contents

SP PLUS CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS



Description	Balance at Beginning of Year		Additions Charged to Costs and Expenses		Reductions (1)			Balance at End of Year
(millions)
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Year ended December 31, 2015	$	1.0	$	0.7	$	(0.8	)	$	0.9
Year ended December 31, 2014	0.7		0.7		(0.5		)	1.0
Year ended December 31, 2013	$	0.5	$	0.6	$	(0.4	)	$	0.7
Tax valuation account
Year ended December 31, 2015	$	12.3	—		(5.5		)	$	6.8
Year ended December 31, 2014	21.3		—		(9.0		)	$	12.3
Year ended December 31, 2013	$	25.3	2.1		(6.0		)	$	21.3


(1)	Represents uncollectible accounts written off and reversal of provision.

Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS



Exhibit Number		Description
3.1		Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company filed on June 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).

3.1.1		Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company effective as of January 7, 2008 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).

3.1.2		Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company effective as of April 29, 2010 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1.3 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2010).

3.1.3		Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company effective as of May 6, 2010 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1.4 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2010).

3.1.4		Certificate of Ownership and Merger, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 25, 2013, effective as of December 2, 2013 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 2, 2013).

3.2		Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated January 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010).
3.2.1		Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated January 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2016).

4.1	*	Specimen common stock certificate.

10.1	^	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2015, by and among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, an issuing lender and wing-line lender; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as an issuing lender and syndication agent; U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and BMO Harris Bank N.A., as co-documentation agents; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1.2 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for on March 6, 2015).

10.1.1		Amendment No. 1 to Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2015, by and among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, an issuing lender and wing-line lender; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as an issuing lender and syndication agent; U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and BMO Harris Bank N.A., as co-documentation agents; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 1, 2015).


10.2		Confirmation of Interest Rate Swap Transaction, dated as of October 25, 2012, between the Company and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).

10.3		Confirmation of Interest Rate Swap Transaction, dated as of October 25, 2012, between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).

10.4		Confirmation of Interest Rate Swap Transaction, dated as of October 25, 2012, between the Company and PNC Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).

10.5	+	Deferred Compensation Agreement dated as of August 1, 1999, between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2012).

10.5.1	+	First Amendment to Deferred Compensation Agreement dated January 25, 2012, between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2012).

10.6	+	Employment Agreement dated May 18, 1998 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.24 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

10.6.1	+	First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 7, 2001 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.25 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).

Table of Contents



Exhibit Number		Description
10.6.2	+	Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of August 1, 2003 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.2 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on February 10, 2004).

10.6.3	+	Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 1, 2005 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.3 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).

10.6.4	+	Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.4 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).

10.6.5	+	Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of January 28, 2009 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.5 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).

10.7	+	Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002 between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22.2 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).

10.7.1	+	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of April 11, 2005, between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2005).

10.7.2	+	Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 28, 2008 between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.10.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2012).

10.7.3	+	Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2012).

10.8	+	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated March 1, 2005, between the Company and Steven A. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2005).

10.8.1	+	First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008 between the Company and Steven A. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.11.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2012).

10.8.2	+	Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 between the Company and Steven A. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2012).


10.9	+	Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and G Marc Baumann dated November 19, 2014 effective as of January 1, 2015.

10.10	+	Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 2005, between the Company and Thomas L. Hagerman (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2005).

10.10.1	+	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated October 1, 2007 between the Company and Thomas Hagerman (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2007).

10.10.2	+	Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008 between the Company and Thomas L. Hagerman (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2012).

10.10.3	+	Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 between the Company and Thomas L. Hagerman (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2012).

10.11	+	Executive Employment Agreement dated March 15, 2005 between the Company and Gerard M. Klaisle (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2010).

Table of Contents



Exhibit Number		Description
10.11.1	+	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated December 29, 2008 between the Company and Gerard M. Klaisle (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2010).

10.11.2	+	Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated July 28, 2011 between the Company and Gerald M. Klaisle (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 7, 2011).

10.12	+	Employment Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2012, between the Company and William Bodenhamer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).

10.13	+	Employment Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2012, between the Company and Rob Toy (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).


10.14	+	Employment Agreement effective as of March 3, 2014 by and between the Company and Vance C. Johnston (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 1-K/A filed on March 31, 2014).

10.15	+	Employment Agreement between the Company and Hector Chevalier dated July 14, 2014 and made effective as of July 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 17, 2014).

10.16	+	Long-Term Incentive Plan dated as of May 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 of Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on May 10, 2004).

10.16.1	+	Long-Term Incentive Plan Amendment effective as of April 22, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Company's 2008 Proxy on Form DEF 14A, filed on April 1, 2008).

10.17	*+	Form of Performance Share Agreement between the Company and Recipient.
10.18	+	Form of the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated as of July 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2008).
10.18.1	+	First Amendment to Form of the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed on August 6, 2009).
10.18.2	+	Second Amendment to Form of the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated May 27, 2011 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2011).
10.19		Office Lease dated as of October 31, 2012 between the Company and Piedmont—Chicago Center Owner, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2013).

10.20		Office Lease dated as of October 17, 2013 between the Company and Riverview Business Center I & II, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2013).

10.21		Form of Property Management Agreement (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.30 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 10, 2006).

10.22		Guaranty Agreement of APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc. dated as of March 2000 to and for the benefit of the State of Connecticut, Department of Transportation (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.27 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).

10.23		Construction, Financing and Operating Special Facility Lease Agreement dated as of March 2000 between the State of Connecticut Department of Transportation and APCOA Bradley Parking Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.28 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).

10.24		Trust Indenture dated March 1, 2000 between State of Connecticut and First Union National Bank as Trustee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.29 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).

10.25		Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 28, 2012, by and among the Company, Hermitage Merger Sub, Inc., KCPC Holdings, Inc. and Kohlberg CPC Rep., L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012). The schedules and exhibits to the Agreement and Plan of Merger have been omitted from this filing pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K but will be provided supplemental to the SEC upon request.

Table of Contents



Exhibit Number		Description
10.26		The Closing Agreements, dated February 28, 2012, between the Company and each of Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P. and Lubert-Adler Real Estate Parallel Fund V, L.P. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012).

10.27		The Closing Agreements, dated February 28, 2012, between the Company and each of Kohlberg Investors V, L.P., Kohlberg TE Investors V, L.P., Kohlberg Partners V, L.P., Kohlberg Offshore Investors V, L.P. and KOCO Investors V, L.P. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012).

10.28		The Closing Agreements, dated February 28, 2012, between the Company and each of Versa Capital Fund I, L.P. and Versa Capital Fund I Parallel, L.P. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012).


10.29		Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and Kohlberg CPC Rep, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).

10.30		Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and 2929 CPC HoldCo, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).

10.31		Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and VCM STAN-CPC Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).

10.32		Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and West-FSI, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).

10.33		Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and Sailorshell and Co. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).

10.34		Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and CP Klaff Equity LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).

10.35		Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and Jumpstart Development LLC (Worldwide) (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.8 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).

14.1		Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to exhibit 14.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for December 31, 2002).

21	*	Subsidiaries of the Company.

23	*	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated as of March 1, 2016.

31.1	*	Section 302 Certification dated March 1, 2016 for G Marc Baumann, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer).

31.2	*	Section 302 Certification dated March 1, 2016 for Vance C. Johnston, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer).

31.3	*	Section 302 Certification dated March 1, 2016 for Kristopher H. Roy, Vice President Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer).

32	**	Certification pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, dated March 1, 2016.

101.INS	*	XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.

101.CAL	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.

101.DEF	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.

101.LAB	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.

101.PRE	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

_______________________________________________________________________________

Table of Contents

* Filed herewith.

** Furnished herewith.

+ Management contract or compensation plan, contract or agreement.

^ Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain portions of this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment order granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 4.1

Exhibit 10.17

FORM OF

PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT

This Performance Share Award Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made effective January 1, _______ (the “ Grant Date ”) between SP Plus Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and _________________ (the “ Recipient ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant the Recipient a performance award payable in shares of its Common Stock (the “ Performance Shares ”); and

WHEREAS, the Performance Shares are being issued under and subject to the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan dated March 1, 2004, and as subsequently amended (the “ Plan ”), and any terms used herein which are not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the same meanings as under the Plan (the Recipient being referred to in the Plan as a “ Participant ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the following mutual covenants and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Defined Terms

1.1 Change in Control . A “Change in Control” shall mean the earliest of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock by any entity, person or group of beneficial ownership, as that term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans), in one or more transactions, such that the holder, as a result of such acquisition, now owns more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote for the election of directors (“ Voting Stock ”); (b) the completion by any entity, person, or group (other than the Company or one of its subsidiaries or employee benefit plans) of a tender offer or an exchange offer for more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company; or (c) the effective time of (1) a merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more corporations as a result of which the holders of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold less than 50% of the Voting Stock of the surviving or resulting corporation immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (2) a transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Company other than to an entity of which the Company owns at least 80% of the Voting Stock, or (3) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred hereunder unless such Change in Control also constitutes a “change in control event” (as such term is defined under Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder).

1.1 Determination Date

1.2 Payment Date . The Payment Date shall mean the date the Committee determines that the Performance Shares payable upon achievement of the Performance Goals set forth in Exhibit A shall be paid, which date shall be within thirty (30) business days following the Determination Date or, if the Company deems it necessary to comply with any applicable securities

laws or blackout limitations, no later than the last day of the calendar year in which the Determination Date occurs.

1.3 Retirement . Retirement shall mean the Recipient’s voluntary termination of employment with the Company on or after attaining age sixty-five (65); provided, however, that the Compensation Committee can designate a retirement by the Recipient prior to age sixty-five (65) as Retirement hereunder.

ARTICLE II

Performance Shares

2.1 Award of Performance Shares . The Company hereby grants to the Recipient a target award of ________ Performance Shares, subject to the restrictions contained herein and the provisions of the Plan.

2.2 Performance-Based Right to Payment .

(a) The number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) that shall be issued shall be determined based on the Company’s achievement of the Performance Goals as set forth on Exhibit A . On the Determination Date, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine and certify whether and to what extent the Performance Goals as set forth on Exhibit A have been attained. The payment of Shares is contingent on the attainment of the Performance Goals as set forth on Exhibit A . Accordingly, the Recipient will not become entitled to payment with respect to the Performance Shares subject to this Agreement unless and until the Committee determines that the Performance Goals set forth on Exhibit A have been attained. Upon such determination by the Committee and subject to the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Recipient shall be entitled to payment of that portion of the Performance Shares as corresponds to the Performance Goals attained (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion) as set forth on Exhibit A . Furthermore, except as otherwise set forth in Section 2.3, in order to be entitled to payment with respect to any Performance Shares, the Recipient must be employed by the Company through the end of the Performance Period.

(b) On the Payment Date, the Company shall deliver to the Recipient a number of Shares (either by delivering one or more certificates for such Shares or by entering such Shares in book entry form, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion) equal to the number of Performance Shares subject to this award that are payable pursuant to the achievement of the Performance Goals set forth on Exhibit A .

2.3 Forfeiture of Performance Shares Upon Termination of Employment .

(a) Upon the Recipient’s termination of employment prior to the end of the Performance Period, all rights with respect to any unpaid Performance Shares awarded pursuant to this Agreement shall immediately terminate, and the Recipient will not be entitled to any payments or benefits with respect thereto; provided , however , that in the event of the Recipient’s termination of employment by reason of his or her Retirement, death or Disability prior to the end of the Performance Period, the Recipient or the Recipient’s beneficiary or personal representative, as the case may be, shall be entitled to receive, on the Payment Date, Performance Shares awarded pursuant to this Agreement that would have been paid had the Recipient remained employed until the end of the Performance Period.

(b) Upon a termination of the Recipient’s employment for cause (as such term is defined under Section VII.F.2 of the Plan), whether before or after the end of a Performance Period, the Recipient shall forfeit all rights with respect to any unpaid Performance Shares awarded hereunder.

2.4 Change in Control . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control prior to the end of the Performance Period, the Performance Period shall end as of the date of the Change in Control. The attainment of the Performance Goals shall be measured against actual performance through the date of the Change in Control, with appropriate adjustments being made to the Performance Goals as determined to be reasonable by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to reflect the shortened Performance Period.

2.5 Prohibition Against Transfer . The Performance Shares may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Recipient, or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any transfer in violation of this Section 2.5 shall be void and of no further effect.

ARTICLE III

Miscellaneous

3.1 Provisions of the Plan Control . This Agreement shall be governed by the provisions of the Plan, the terms and conditions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

3.2 No Rights as Shareholder . The Recipient shall not have any right to exercise the rights or privileges of a shareholder with respect to any Performance Shares until such Shares are distributed.

3.3 Taxes . The Company may require payment of or withhold any income or employment tax which it believes is payable as a result of the grant or vesting of the Performance Shares or the payment of Shares in connection therewith, and the Company may defer making delivery with respect to the Shares until arrangements satisfactory to the Company have been made with regard to any such withholding obligation. In accordance with the Plan, the Company may withhold Shares to satisfy such withholding obligations.

3.4 No Employment Rights . The award of the Performance Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall not give the Recipient any right to remain employed by the Company or any affiliate thereof.

3.5 Forfeitures. If the Recipient breaches any of the agreements and obligations set forth on Exhibit B hereto (the “ Protective Agreements ”), any grant, payment or delivery made pursuant to this Agreement during the three (3) year period prior to the breach of the Protective Agreements shall be forfeited. The Company shall notify the Recipient in writing of any such forfeiture within one (1) year of the date it acquires actual knowledge of such breach. Within ten (10) days after receiving such a notice from the Company, the Recipient shall return to the Company any Shares that the Recipient received in connection with the forfeited grant or pay to the Company in cash the value of such Shares, as such value is determined on the date of the notice. The Recipient’s failure to return to the Company any certificate(s) evidencing the Shares required to be returned pursuant to this paragraph shall not preclude the Company from canceling any and all such certificate(s) and Shares. Similarly, the Recipient’s failure to pay to the Company any cash required to be paid pursuant to this paragraph shall not preclude the Company from taking any and all legal action it deems appropriate to facilitate its recovery. The parties further acknowledge and agree

that the remedy set forth hereunder is not to be considered a form of liquidated damages and the forfeiture and tender back obligations set forth hereunder shall not be the exclusive remedy hereunder.

3.7 Notices. All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made, if to the Company, to SP Plus Corporation, Office of the General Counsel, 200 E. Randolph, Suite 7700, Chicago, Illinois 60601; and if to the Recipient, to ________________________ . All notices, requests or other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be made in writing either (a) by personal delivery to the party entitled thereto, (b) by facsimile with confirmation of receipt, (c) by mailing in the United States mails to the last known address of the party entitled thereto or (d) by express courier service. The notice, request or other communication shall be deemed to be received upon personal delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile transmission, or upon receipt by the party entitled thereto if by United States mail or express courier service; provided, however, that if a notice, request or other communication is not received during regular business hours, it shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company

3.8 Compliance with Section 409A . It is intended that any amount payable under this Agreement will comply with Section 409A of the Code, and regulations and guidance related thereto, so as not to subject the Recipient to the payment of any interest or tax penalty which may be imposed under Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, that the Company shall not be responsible for any such interest and tax penalties. If any provision of this Agreement or the Plan needs to be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, then such provision shall be so interpreted, to the extent and in the manner necessary to be interpreted in compliance with such requirements of the Code, either generally or as applied to such circumstance.

3.8 Governing Law. This Agreement and all questions arising hereunder or in connection herewith shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to its conflicts of law provisions.

[Signatures on Following Page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be effective as of the date first written above.

SP PLUS CORPORATION



By:
Its:	President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT A
TO PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT
PERFORMANCE GOALS

Payment of Shares granted in the Performance Share Award Agreement is contingent on the attainment of the Performance Goals listed below for the Performance Period.

Target Number of Performance Shares: __________ Shares of Common Stock

Performance Period: January 1, ______ through December 31, _____ [three years]

Performance Goal:

The Performance Shares shall be earned upon the Company’s attainment of certain cumulative levels of [pre-tax free cash flow/pre-tax income] for the Performance Period. For purposes of this Agreement, [pre-tax free cash flow/pre-tax income] shall be as determined by the Company’s independent accountants for the Performance Period on a consolidated basis.

The applicable levels of [pre-tax free cash flow/pre-tax income], and the number of Performance Shares that shall be earned as the result of a attainment thereof, are as follows:



Performance Period Cumulative Free Cash Flow	Percentage of Target Shares
$____M to $____M	50%
$____M to $____M	75%
$____M to $____M	100%
$____M to $____M	125%
$____M to $____M	150%
$____M or more	200%

EXHIBIT B

PROTECTIVE AGREEMENTS


I.	Protection of Trade Secrets

Trade Secrets and Confidential Information. The Recipient recognizes and acknowledges that the Company is and hereafter may became involved in various residential and commercial service related businesses, including without limitation the acquisition and operation of, and the providing of consulting services for, parking facilities, providing on-street and off-street parking enforcement, airport and urban transportation services, commercial security services, and commercial and residential property management services, including, maintenance and cleaning services (collectively, the foregoing to be referred to herein as the “ Business ”). The Recipient further recognizes and acknowledges that Trade Secrets (as defined in subparagraph b below) of the Company constitute proprietary information that the Company is entitled to protect, which information constitutes special and unique assets of the Company, which is not generally available to the public. With respect to all Trade Secrets, and except as may be required by the lawful order of a court of competent jurisdiction, the Recipient, in consideration for the grant to the Recipient of certain Restricted Stock Units, agrees that he shall:


i.	hold all Trade Secrets in strict confidence and not publish or otherwise disclose any portion thereof to any person whatsoever except with the Company’s prior written consent,


ii.	use all reasonable precautions to assure that the Trade Secrets are properly protected and kept from unauthorized persons,


iii.	make no use of any Trade Secrets except as is required in the performance of his duties for the Company, and


iv.	upon termination of his employment with the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary, and regardless of the reason or cause) or upon the Company’s request, promptly return to the Company any and all documents and other things relating to the Trade Secrets, all of which are and shall at all times remain the Company’s sole property.

None of the above provisions shall restrict the Recipient from using, at any time after the termination of his employment with the Company, information that is in the public domain or knowledge acquired during the course of his employment with the Company that is generally known to persons of his experience in other companies in the Business.


b.	Definitions . As used in subparagraph a above:


i.	The term “Trade Secrets” shall refer to the Company’s confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets which, by reason of their character as special and unique assets of the Company, the Company is legally entitled to protect, including without limitation (i) information relating to the Company’s manner and methods of doing

business, including without limitation strategies for negotiating leases and management agreements, (ii) the identity of the Company’s clients, customers, prospective clients and customers, lessors and locations, and the identity of any individuals or entities having an equity or other economic interest in the Company to the extent such identity has not otherwise been voluntarily disclosed by the Company, (iii) the specific confidential terms of management agreements, leases or other business agreements, including without limitation the duration of, and the fees, rent or other payments due thereunder, (iv) the identities of beneficiaries under land trusts, (v) the business, developments, activities or systems of the Company, including without limitation any marketing or customer service oriented programs in the development stages or not otherwise known to the general public, (vi) information concerning the business affairs of any individual or firm doing business with the Company, (vii) financial data and the operating expense structure pertaining to any parking facility owned, operated, leased or managed by the Company or for which the Company has or is providing consulting services, (viii) information pertaining to computer systems, including, but not limited to, computer software, used in the operation of the Company, and (ix) other confidential information and trade secrets relating to the operation of the Company’s Business.

ii.

The term “documents” shall mean all forms of written or recorded information, and shall include without limitation all accounts, budgets, compilations, computer records (including without limitation computer programs, information stored on computer hard drives, software, disks, diskettes or any other electronic or magnetic storage media), contracts, correspondence, data, diagrams, drawings, financial statements, memoranda, microfilm or microfiche, notes, notebooks, marketing or other plans, printed materials, records and reports, as well as any and all copies, reproductions or summaries thereof.


II.	Intellectual Property Rights

The Recipient agrees to assign to the Company any and all intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks, copyright and business plans or systems developed, authored or conceived by the Recipient while employed by, and relating to the business of, the Company, and the Recipient agrees to cooperate with the Company’s attorneys to perfect ownership rights thereof in the Company. The preceding sentence shall not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or Trade Secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on the Recipient’s own time, unless (i) the invention relates either to the Company’s business or to actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company, or (ii) the invention results from any work performed by the Recipient for the Company.


III.	Covenants Not To Compete

The Recipient agrees that while he is employed by the Company and for a period of one (1) year after the date on which such employment terminates, the Recipient shall not, directly or indirectly:


a.	have an ownership interest in (other than ownership of 5% or less of the outstanding stock of any entity listed on a publicly traded stock exchange) any corporation, firm, joint venture, partnership, proprietorship, or other entity or association that manages, owns or

otherwise engages in the Business, in any of the metropolitan areas in which, as of the time the Recipient’s employment terminates, the Company owns, manages and/or operates its Business facilities (a “Metropolitan Area”),


b.	become employed by, work for, consult with, or assist any person, corporation, firm, joint venture, partnership, proprietorship or any other entity or association that is engaged in a business that is competitive with the Company’s Business in any Metropolitan Area,


c.	contact or solicit business from any client or customer of the Company or from any person who is responsible for referring or who regularly refers business to the Company, or


d.	take any action to recruit or to assist in the recruiting or solicitation for employment of any officer, employee or representative of the Company.

If the Recipient, after the termination of his employment with the Company, has any question regarding the applicability of the above provisions to a potential employment opportunity, the Recipient acknowledges that it is his responsibility to contact the Company so that the Company may inform the Recipient of its position with respect to such opportunity.

Exhibit 21

The following is a list of subsidiaries of the registrant as of December 31, 2015, omitting subsidiaries which, considered in the aggregate, would not constitute a significant subsidiary. The registrant directly or indirectly owns 100% of the voting securities of each listed entity except where noted.

SUBSIDIARIES OF SP PLUS CORPORATION



CORPORATE ENTITIES		JURISDICTION
Central Parking Corporation		Tennessee
SP Plus Security Services, Inc.		Delaware
Gameday Management (UK) Limited		UK (England and Wales)
Standard Auto Park, Inc.		Illinois
Standard Parking Corporation IL		Delaware
SP Plus Corporation Canada		Canada
SP Plus Corporation du Canada		Quebec, Canada
SP Plus Security Canada, Ltd.		Canada
SP Plus Property Management, Inc.		Delaware
SP Plus Logistics, Inc.		Delaware
Expert Parking, Inc.		Pennsylvania
Expert Parking Management, Inc.		Pennsylvania
Central Parking System, Inc.		Tennessee
Central Parking System of Connecticut, Inc.		Tennessee
Central Parking System of Georgia, Inc.		Tennessee
Central Parking System of Maryland, Inc.		Tennessee
Central Parking System of Puerto Rico		Tennessee
Central Parking System of Washington, Inc.		Tennessee
Central Parking System of New York, Inc.		Tennessee
Central Parking System Reality of New York, Inc.		Tennessee
USA Parking System, Inc.		Tennessee
KCPC Holdings, Inc.		Delaware
KCPC Intermediate Holdings, Inc.		Delaware



LLCs and PARTNERSHIPS		JURISDICTION
APCOA LaSalle Parking Company, LLC		Louisiana
APCOA Bradley Parking Company, LLC		Connecticut
Parking Data Ventures, LLC		Delaware
Bradley Airport Parking, LP		Delaware
CPS Finance, LLC		Delaware
Kinney System, Inc.		Delaware
Central Parking System of Mississippi, LLC		Tennessee
Central Parking System of Missouri, LLC		Tennessee

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S‑3 (No. 333‑187680) of SP Plus Corporation and in the related Prospectus and on Form S‑8 (No. 333‑150379) pertaining to the 2005 Long‑Term Incentive Plan, of our reports dated March 1, 2016, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of SP Plus Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of SP Plus Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10‑K) for the year ended December 31, 2015.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 1, 2016

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, G Marc Baumann, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of SP Plus Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. condition and results of operations of the Company.



Date: March 1, 2016	By:	/s/ G MARC BAUMANN
		G Marc Baumann Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

QuickLinks

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Vance C. Johnston, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of SP Plus Corporation;

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.



Date: March 1, 2016	By:	/s/ VANCE C. JOHNSTON
		Vance C. Johnston Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)

QuickLinks

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 31.3

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Kristopher H. Roy, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of SP Plus Corporation;

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.



Date: March 1, 2016	By:	/s/ KRISTOPHER H. ROY
		Kristopher H. Roy Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)

QuickLinks

Exhibit 31.3

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 32

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Form 10-K of SP Plus Corporation (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2015, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), each of the undersigned certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.




	/s/ G MARC BAUMANN
	Name:	G Marc Baumann
	Title:	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
Date: March 1, 2016
	/s/ VANCE C. JOHNSTON
	Name:	Vance C. Johnston
	Title:	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)
Date: March 1, 2016
	/s/ KRISTOPHER H. ROY
	Name:	Kristopher H. Roy
	Title:	Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)
Date: March 1, 2016

This certification shall not be deemed "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

QuickLinks

Exhibit 32

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002